PART NO.

ENMJAC-2-1

ZX470-5 • 670-5 • 870-5 class

Operator's Manual

HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
470-5 class

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
470-5G · 470LC-5G · 470H-5G
470LCH-5G · 470R-5G · 470LCR-5G

670-5 class
670LC-5G · 670LCH-5G · 670LCR-5G

870-5 class
870-5G · 870LC-5G · 870H-5G
870LCH-5G · 870LCR-5G
URL:http://www.hitachi-c-m.com

Hydraulic Excavator
ENMJAC-2-1

This book is printed on recycled paper. PRINTED IN JAPAN (E) 2012, 04 Serial No. 0050001 and up
 INTRODUCTION
Read this manual carefully to learn how to operate and Warranty is provided as a part of Hitachi’s support
service your machine correctly. Failure to do so could program for customers who operate and maintain their
result in personal injury or machine damage. equipment as described in this manual. The warranty is
explained on the warranty certificate which you should
This standard specification machine can be operated have received from your dealer.
under the following conditions without being modified.
Atmospheric Temperature: –20 °C to 45 °C (–4 °F to 113 °F) This warranty provides you the assurance that Hitachi
Altitude: 0 m to 2000 m (0 ft to 6600 ft) will back its products where defects appear within the
warranty period. In some circumstances, Hitachi also
In case the machine is used under conditions other than provides field improvements, often without charge to the
described above, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer. customer, even if the product is out of warranty.
Should the equipment be abused, or modified to
This manual should be considered a permanent part of change its performance beyond the original factory
your machine and should remain with the machine when specifications, the warranty will become void and field
you sell it. improvements may be denied.
Setting fuel delivery above specifications or otherwise
This machine is of metric design. Measurements in this overpowering machines will result in such action.
manual are metric. Use only metric hardware and tools as
specified. Only qualified, experienced operators officially licensed
(according to local law) should be allowed to operate
Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by the machine. Moreover, only officially licensed personnel
facing in the direction of forward travel. should be allowed to inspect and service the machine.

Write product identification numbers in the Machine PRIOR TO OPERATING THIS MACHINE, INCLUDING
Numbers section. Accurately record all the numbers SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, IN A COUNTRY
to help in tracing the machine should it be stolen. OTHER THAN A COUNTRY OF ITS INTENDED USE,
Your dealer also needs these numbers when you order IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO MAKE MODIFICATIONS
parts. If this manual is kept on the machine, also file the TO IT SO THAT IT COMPLIES WITH THE LOCAL
identification numbers in a secure place off the machine. REGULATORY STANDARDS (INCLUDING SAFETY
STANDARDS) AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS OF THAT
Be sure to use fuel that complies with your local standard. PARTICULAR COUNTRY. PLEASE DO NOT EXPORT OR
Also use of fuel that complies with solid contamination OPERATE THIS MACHINE OUTSIDE OF THE COUNTRY
level of class 18/16/13 of ISO4406-1999 (solid OF ITS INTENDED USE UNTIL SUCH COMPLIANCE
contamination includes dust) is recommended. If the fuel HAS BEEN CONFIRMED. PLEASE CONTACT HITACHI
specified above is not used, a problem may arise on the CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY CO., LTD. OR ANY OF
engine. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer. OUR AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR OR DEALER IF YOU
HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING COMPLIANCE.

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest product information available at the
time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.

©2012 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.
INDEX MACHINE NUMBERS
SAFETY
SAFETY SIGNS
COMPONENTS NAME
GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE
OPERATOR’S STATION
BREAK-IN
OPERATING THE ENGINE
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING THE MACHINE
TRANSPORTING
MAINTENANCE T
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
STORAGE
TROUBLESHOOTING
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
ENMJAC-2-1
 CONTENTS
MACHINE NUMBERS..........................................................1 Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing Flammable
Fluids............................................................................................ S-34
SAFETY........................................................................... S-1 Precautions for Handling Accumulator and Gas
Recognize Safety Information.....................................................S-1 Damper........................................................................................ S-34
Understand Signal Words..............................................................S-1 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating............................ S-35
Follow Safety Instructions.............................................................S-2 Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other
Prepare for Emergencies................................................................S-3 Contamination.......................................................................... S-35
Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3 Prevent Battery Explosions........................................................ S-36
Protect Against Noise.....................................................................S-4 Service Air Conditioning System Safely................................ S-36
Inspect Machine...............................................................................S-4 Handle Chemical Products Safely............................................ S-37
General Precautions for Cab.........................................................S-5 Dispose of Waste Properly.......................................................... S-37
Use Handholds and Steps.............................................................S-6 Never Ride Attachment............................................................... S-38
Adjust the Operator's Seat............................................................S-6 Precautions for Communication Terminal............................ S-38
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving Operator’s Precaution for Communication Terminal Equipment...... S-39
Seat..................................................................................................S-7
Fasten Your Seat Belt.......................................................................S-7 SAFETY SIGNS.............................................................. S-41
Move and Operate Machine Safely............................................S-8 COMPONENTS NAME..................................................... 1-1
Operate Only from Operator's Seat...........................................S-8
Components Name.........................................................................1-1
Jump Starting....................................................................................S-9
Keep Riders off Machine................................................................S-9 GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE.................................. 1-2
Precautions for Operations........................................................ S-10 Getting ON/OFF the Machine......................................................1-2
Investigate Job Site Beforehand.............................................. S-11
OPERATOR’S STATION................................................... 1-3
Install OPG Guard.......................................................................... S-12
Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Machines.... S-13 Cab Features (Std. Model).............................................................1-3
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven......................... S-13 Cab Features (with Attachment).................................................1-4
Drive Machine Safely.................................................................... S-14 Multi Function Monitor..................................................................1-5
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents................................... S-16 Basic Screen........................................................................................1-6
Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing Accidents.......... S-17 How to Use Screens.........................................................................1-7
Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-18 Displaying Basic Screen............................................................1-7
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone...................................... S-18 Hour Meter................................................................................. 1-10
Avoid Undercutting...................................................................... S-19 Clock............................................................................................. 1-10
Avoid Tipping.................................................................................. S-19 Fuel Gauge................................................................................. 1-10
Never Undercut a High Bank..................................................... S-20 Coolant Temperature Gauge............................................... 1-11
Dig with Caution............................................................................ S-20 Operating Status Icon Display............................................. 1-11
Operate with Caution.................................................................. S-20 Security Functions (Optional)................................................... 1-12
Avoid Power Lines......................................................................... S-21 Input Password......................................................................... 1-12
Precautions for Lightning........................................................... S-21 Extending Password Duration Time.................................. 1-13
Object Handling............................................................................ S-22 Alarm Occurrence Screen........................................................... 1-14
Protect Against Flying Debris................................................... S-22 Remedy............................................................................................. 1-16
Park Machine Safely...................................................................... S-23 Main Menu....................................................................................... 1-19
Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires............................................. S-23 Air Conditioner............................................................................... 1-20
Transport Safely............................................................................. S-24 Circulation Air Mode............................................................... 1-20
Practice Safe Maintenance......................................................... S-25 Air Conditioner ON/OFF........................................................ 1-20
Warn Others of Service Work.................................................... S-26 Radio.................................................................................................. 1-21
Support Machine Properly......................................................... S-26 Work Mode...................................................................................... 1-22
Stay Clear of Moving Parts......................................................... S-27 Attachment Selection............................................................ 1-22
Prevent Parts from Flying........................................................... S-27 Mail (Optional)................................................................................ 1-23
Store Attachments Safely........................................................... S-28 Setting Menu.................................................................................. 1-25
Prevent Burns.................................................................................. S-28 Date and Time................................................................................ 1-26
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically......................................... S-29 Time Adjustment..................................................................... 1-26
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids........................................................ S-29 Date Adjustment...................................................................... 1-28
Prevent Fires.................................................................................... S-30 Display Mode Setting............................................................. 1-30
Evacuating in Case of Fire........................................................... S-32 Attachment Adjust........................................................................ 1-32
Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-32 Flow Rate Adjustment............................................................ 1-32
Precautions for Welding and Grinding.................................. S-33 Attachment Name Input............................................................. 1-34
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines........................ S-34 Auto-Lubrication........................................................................... 1-36
Lubrication Interval Setting................................................. 1-36
 CONTENTS
Password Change (Optional)..................................................... 1-38 Handle (Emergency Engine Stop)........................................... 1-87
Sub Meter......................................................................................... 1-42 Engine Stop Switch (for Maintenance)............................. 1-87
Rear View Camera Monitor (Optional)................................... 1-44 Fuse Box............................................................................................ 1-88
Rear View Camera ON/OFF................................................... 1-44 Fuse Box 1................................................................................... 1-88
Brightness Adjustment................................................................ 1-46 Fuse Box 2................................................................................... 1-88
Language Settings........................................................................ 1-48 Auto Air Conditioner.................................................................... 1-89
Lists of Display Language........................................................... 1-50 Features....................................................................................... 1-89
Unit Selection................................................................................. 1-51 Components Name................................................................. 1-90
Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF)................ 1-53 Controller Part Name and Function.................................. 1-91
Main Menu Sequence Change................................................. 1-55 Cab Heater Operation............................................................ 1-93
Information Menu......................................................................... 1-57 Cooling Operation................................................................... 1-94
Operation......................................................................................... 1-58 Defroster Operation................................................................ 1-95
Breaker Operation................................................................... 1-58 Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation....................................... 1-95
Attachment Operation........................................................... 1-60 Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage................................ 1-96
Travel Operation....................................................................... 1-62 For Rapid Cooling.................................................................... 1-96
Actual Operation...................................................................... 1-64 When Windows Become Clouded..................................... 1-96
Maintenance................................................................................... 1-66 Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance....................... 1-96
Maintenance Notice................................................................ 1-66 AM/FM Radio Operation............................................................. 1-97
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval........................ 1-68 Controls on the Radio............................................................. 1-97
Monitoring....................................................................................... 1-70 Tuning Procedure.................................................................... 1-97
Switch Panel.................................................................................... 1-72 Station Presetting Procedure............................................... 1-98
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor)................................ 1-73 Station Auto-Presetting Procedure................................... 1-99
Return to Basic Screen (Monitor)....................................... 1-73 TONE Control...........................................................................1-100
Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor)....................................... 1-73 Audio Input (Optional)..............................................................1-101
Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch (Air Audio Input Selection..........................................................1-101
Conditioner)......................................................................... 1-73 Connecting Audio Device...................................................1-101
AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner)........... 1-73 Volume Control of Audio Device......................................1-101
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio)........................... 1-74 Cab Door Release Lever............................................................1-102
Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio)................. 1-74 Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside Window...1-103
Engine Control Dial................................................................. 1-74 Opening/Closing Upper Front Window (ZX470-5G,
Auto-Idle Switch....................................................................... 1-75 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)......................1-104
Travel Mode Switch................................................................. 1-75 Opening/Closing Upper Front Window.........................1-104
Mode Switch.............................................................................. 1-76 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window
ECO (Economy) Mode............................................................ 1-76 (ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G,
PWR (Power) Mode.................................................................. 1-76 870LC-5G).................................................................................1-105
H/P (High Power) Mode......................................................... 1-76 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window..............1-105
Work Light Switch.................................................................... 1-77 Opening Side Windows.............................................................1-106
Wiper/Washer Switch............................................................. 1-78 Opening/Closing Overhead Window (ZX470-5G,
Numeric Keypad....................................................................... 1-79 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)......................1-107
Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment)................................. 1-80 Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear Hatch: If
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1).......... 1-81 Equipped).................................................................................1-108
Rear Light Switch (Optional) (2).......................................... 1-81 Emergency Exit............................................................................1-109
Boom Mode Switch (3)........................................................... 1-81 Adjusting the Seat.......................................................................1-110
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (4).......... 1-81 Backrest Adjustment............................................................1-110
Auto-Lubrication Switch (5)................................................. 1-82 Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment...................................................1-110
Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (6).......... 1-82 Weight Adjustment...............................................................1-110
Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (7)....................................... 1-82 Height Adjustment................................................................1-110
Key Switch........................................................................................ 1-83 Console and Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment.........................1-111
Power Boost Switch...................................................................... 1-83 Seat Depth Adjustment.......................................................1-111
Horn Switch..................................................................................... 1-83 Inclination Adjustment........................................................1-111
Cigar Lighter.................................................................................... 1-84 Armrest Adjustment.............................................................1-111
Using Cigar Lighter ................................................................ 1-84 Adjusting Operator's Seat (Air Suspension Type)
Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power Source..... 1-84 (Optional)..................................................................................1-112
Cab Light Switch............................................................................ 1-85 Adjusting Seat Height..........................................................1-112
Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)................................... 1-85 Console and Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment.........................1-112
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever...................................................... 1-86 Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment...................................................1-112
 CONTENTS
Suspension Adjustment......................................................1-112 Avoid Hammer Work.................................................................... 5-17
Seat Depth Adjustment.......................................................1-113 Avoid Abusive Operation........................................................... 5-18
Inclination Adjustment........................................................1-113 Avoid Side Load the Bucket....................................................... 5-18
Backrest Adjustment............................................................1-113 Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground.............. 5-19
Armrest Adjustment.............................................................1-113 Object Handling --- If Equipped............................................... 5-20
Console Height Adjustment....................................................1-114 Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher............................. 5-22
Adjusting Procedures...........................................................1-114 Precautions for Breaker Operation.......................................... 5-25
Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors...............................1-115 Precautions for Crusher Operation......................................... 5-32
1 m-Vicinity Visibility.............................................................1-115 Attachment...................................................................................... 5-35
Seat Belt..........................................................................................1-116 How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and When
Seat Belt....................................................................................1-116 Engine Stops.............................................................................. 5-37
Battery Disconnect Switch (Optional)..................................1-117 Precautions for After Operations............................................. 5-38
Switch Operation...................................................................1-118
TRANSPORTING............................................................. 6-1
BREAK-IN........................................................................ 2-1 Transporting by Road.....................................................................6-1
Observe Engine Operation Closely............................................2-1 Loading/Unloading on a Trailer..................................................6-2
Every 10 Hours or Daily..................................................................2-1 Fastening Machine for Transporting.........................................6-4
After the First 50 Hours..................................................................2-1 Unloading...........................................................................................6-4
After the First 100 Hours................................................................2-1
MAINTENANCE............................................................... 7-1
OPERATING THE ENGINE............................................... 3-1 Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures................7-1
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting.....................................3-1 Check the Hour Meter Regularly.................................................7-3
Before Starting Engine...................................................................3-2 Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants...............................................7-3
Starting the Engine..........................................................................3-3 Layout...................................................................................................7-4
Check Instruments After Starting...............................................3-7 Maintenance Guide Table..............................................................7-7
Using Booster Batteries..................................................................3-8 Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance......................7-9
Stopping the Engine.................................................................... 3-10 Hood and Access Covers............................................................. 7-10
Daily Check...................................................................................... 7-13
DRIVING THE MACHINE................................................. 4-1
Maintenance Guide...................................................................... 7-14
Drive the Machine Carefully.........................................................4-1 Periodic Replacement of Parts.................................................. 7-20
Steering the Machine Using Pedals...........................................4-2 Kind of Oils....................................................................................... 7-21
Steering the Machine Using Levers...........................................4-3 A. Greasing....................................................................................... 7-25
Travel Mode Switch.........................................................................4-4 Front Joint Pins......................................................................... 7-25
Travel Alarm (Optional)..................................................................4-4 Swing Bearing........................................................................... 7-27
Operating on Soft Ground............................................................4-5 Swing Internal Gear................................................................ 7-28
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm.....................................4-6 Automatic Lubrication (Optional)........................................... 7-29
Towing Machine a Short Distance..............................................4-7 Automatic/Manual Lubrication (Optional)........................... 7-31
Operating in Water or Mud...........................................................4-8 Auto-Lubrication...................................................................... 7-31
Parking the Machine on Slopes...................................................4-9 Manual Lubrication................................................................. 7-33
Parking the Machine.......................................................................4-9 Lubricator (Optional).................................................................... 7-35
OPERATING THE MACHINE............................................ 5-1 Greasing Method..................................................................... 7-35
Control Lever (ISO Pattern)...........................................................5-1 Grease Container Replacement.......................................... 7-37
Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional).............................5-2 B. Engine........................................................................................... 7-39
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional)................5-3 Check Engine Oil Level........................................................... 7-39
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)................5-4 Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter................ 7-40
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever.........................................................5-5 C. Transmission............................................................................... 7-43
Warming Up Operation..................................................................5-6 Pump Transmission (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)..................... 7-43
Engine Speed Control.....................................................................5-7 Swing Reduction Gear........................................................... 7-45
Auto-Idle..............................................................................................5-8 Travel Reduction Gear............................................................ 7-47
Work Mode...................................................................................... 5-10 D. Hydraulic System...................................................................... 7-49
Power Boost Switch...................................................................... 5-13 Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment.... 7-49
Mode Switch................................................................................... 5-14 Check Hydraulic Oil Level..................................................... 7-52
Operating Backhoe....................................................................... 5-15 Water Drain from Hydraulic Oil Tank................................. 7-53
Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In Combined Change Hydraulic Oil.............................................................. 7-54
Operation.................................................................................... 5-15 Suction Filter Cleaning........................................................... 7-54
Grading Operation........................................................................ 5-16 Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System................................ 7-57
Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth...................... 5-17 Replacement of Full-Flow Filter.......................................... 7-58
 CONTENTS
Replace Pump Drain Filter.................................................... 7-59 Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions....9-1
Replace Pilot Oil Filter............................................................ 7-60
STORAGE...................................................................... 10-1
Replace Air Breather Element.............................................. 7-62
Check Hoses and Lines.......................................................... 7-63 Storing the Machine..................................................................... 10-1
E. Fuel System................................................................................. 7-68 Removing the Machine From Storage................................... 10-2
Drain Fuel Tank Sump............................................................. 7-70 TROUBLESHOOTING.................................................... 11-1
Check Water Separator.......................................................... 7-71 Troubleshooting............................................................................ 11-1
Bleed Air from the Fuel System........................................... 7-72
Replace Fuel Main Filter......................................................... 7-73 SPECIFICATIONS.......................................................... 12-1
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter............................................................ 7-74 Specifications ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G....................................... 12-1
Clean Feed Pump Strainer.................................................... 7-76 Working Ranges ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G.................................. 12-2
Check Fuel Hoses..................................................................... 7-77 Specifications ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G,
F. Air Cleaner.................................................................................... 7-78 470LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-3
Clean Air Cleaner Element.................................................... 7-78 Working Ranges ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G,
Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element....................... 7-78 470LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-4
G. Cooling System......................................................................... 7-81 Shoe Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)..................... 12-5
Check Coolant Level............................................................... 7-82 Bucket Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)................. 12-6
Change Coolant........................................................................ 7-83 Specifications ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G....... 12-8
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler Working Ranges ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G,
(ZX670-5, 870-5 class) Core . .......................................... 7-85 670LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-9
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler Shoe Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class.....................12-10
(ZX670-5, 870-5 class) Front Screen............................. 7-85 Bucket Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class.................12-11
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser...................................... 7-85 Specifications ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G.....................................12-12
H. Air Conditioner.......................................................................... 7-86 Working Ranges ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G................................12-13
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter........................ 7-86 Specifications ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G.......12-14
Check Air Conditioner............................................................ 7-88 Working Ranges ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G,
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension......................................... 7-89 870LCR-5G................................................................................12-15
Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas.................. 7-89 Shoe Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)...................12-16
Check at Preseason and Off-Season................................. 7-90 Bucket Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)...............12-17
I. Electrical System......................................................................... 7-91 INDEX............................................................................ 14-1
Battery.......................................................................................... 7-91
Replacing Fuses........................................................................ 7-96
J. Miscellaneous............................................................................. 7-98
Check and Replace Bucket Teeth....................................... 7-98
Change Bucket........................................................................7-101
Adjust Bucket Linkage.........................................................7-104
Remove Travel Levers...........................................................7-105
Check and Replace Seat Belt..............................................7-105
Check Windshield Fluid Level............................................7-106
Check Track Sag......................................................................7-107
Clean Cab Floor......................................................................7-110
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt............................................7-111
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance................................7-111
Check of Fuel Injection Timing..........................................7-111
Measure Engine Compression Pressure........................7-111
Check Starter and Alternator.............................................7-111
Check Water Pump................................................................7-111
Check and Replace Injection Nozzle...............................7-111
Check Gas Damper................................................................7-112
Check Cushion Rubber of Handrail
(ZX470-5 class)...................................................................7-112
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts and
Bolts.......................................................................................7-112
Check O-rings in Bucket .....................................................7-150
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS .................................................................. 9-1
 MACHINE NUMBERS
The manufacturing Nos. explained in this group is the
individual number (serial No.) given to each machine and
hydraulic components. These numbers are requested
when inquiring any information on the machine and/or
components. Fill these serial Nos. in the blank spaces in this
group to immediately make them available upon request.

Machine

M157-00-001
ZX670-5, 870-5 class

MZX5-00-001EN

Product Identification Number

PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER : ZX470-5 class
M157-12-008

Engine

TYPE :

MFG. NO. : M16J-00-004

ZX470-5 class

MJAC-00-001
ZX670-5 ,870-5 class

1
 MACHINE NUMBERS
Travel Motor

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470-5 class M111-12-007

ZX670-5 class M17P-01-001

ZX870-5 class M17V-00-002

2
 MACHINE NUMBERS
Swing Motor

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470-5 class M16J-07-007

ZX670-5 class M1J7-07-005

ZX870-5 class M1JB-00-001

3
 MACHINE NUMBERS
Hydraulic Pump

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470-5 class M16J-00-003

Boom
ZX670-5, 870-5 class M1J7-07-003

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M111-12-005

4
 MACHINE NUMBERS
Arm

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M17V-00-005
Bucket

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M116-12-004

5
 MACHINE NUMBERS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

6
 SAFETY

Recognize Safety Information

 These are the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS.
 When you see these symbols on your machine or in this
manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
 Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.

SA-688

Understand Signal Words

 On machine safety signs, signal words designating the
degree or level of hazard - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION
- are used with the safety alert symbol.
 DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
 WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
 CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
 DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs.
 Some safety signs do not use any of the designated signal
words above after the safety alert symbol are occasionally
used on this machine.

SA-1223
 To avoid confusing machine protection with personal
safety messages, a signal word IMPORTANT indicates a
situation which, if not avoided, could result in damage to
the machine.

 NOTE: indicates an additional explanation for an

element of information.

S-1
 SAFETY

Follow Safety Instructions

 Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine
and all safety messages in this manual.
 Safety signs should be installed, maintained and replaced
when necessary.
 If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing,
order a replacement from your authorized dealer in the
same way you order other replacement parts (be sure to
state machine model and serial number when ordering).
 Learn how to operate the machine and its controls correctly
and safely.
 Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to
operate the machine.
 Keep your machine in proper working condition. SA-003
 Unauthorized modifications of the machine may impair
its function and/or safety and affect machine life.
 Do not modify any machine parts without authorization.
Failure to do so may deteriorate the part safety, function,
and/or service life. In addition, personal accident,
machine trouble, and/or damage to material caused by
unauthorized modifications will void Hitachi Warranty
Policy.
 Do not use attachments and/or optional parts or
equipment not authorized by Hitachi. Failure to do so
may deteriorate the safety, function, and/or service life
of the machine. In addition, personal accident, machine
trouble, and/or damage to material caused by using
unauthorized attachments and/or optional parts or
equipment will void Hitachi Warranty Policy.
 The safety messages in this SAFETY chapter are intended
to illustrate basic safety procedures of machines. However
it is impossible for these safety messages to cover every
hazardous situation you may encounter. If you have any
questions, you should first consult your supervisor and/
or your authorized dealer before operating or performing
maintenance work on the machine.

S-2
 SAFETY

Prepare for Emergencies

 Be prepared if a fire starts or if an accident occurs.
 Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand.
 Thoroughly read and understand the label attached on
the fire extinguisher to use it properly.
 To ensure that a fire extinguisher can be always used
when necessary, check and service the fire extinguisher
at the recommended intervals as specified in the fire
extinguisher manual.
 Establish emergency procedure guidelines to cope with
fires and accidents.
 Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department posted near your
telephone. SA-437

Wear Protective Clothing

 Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.

You may need:

A hard hat
Safety shoes
Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
Heavy gloves
Hearing protection
Reflective clothing SA-438
Wet weather gear
Respirator or filter mask.
Be sure to wear the correct equipment and clothing for the
job. Do not take any chances.
 Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items that
can catch on control levers or other parts of the machine.
 Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while
operating the machine.

S-3
 SAFETY

Protect Against Noise

 Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or
loss of hearing.
 Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortably loud noises.

SA-434

Inspect Machine
 Inspect your machine carefully each day or shift by walking
around it before you start it to avoid personal injury.
 In the walk-around inspection be sure to cover all points
described in the "Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting"
section in the operator’s manual.

SA-435

S-4
 SAFETY
General Precautions for Cab
 Before entering the cab, thoroughly remove all dirt and/or
oil such as mud, grease, soil or stones that may mess up
the cab from the soles of your work boots. If any controls
such as a pedal is operated while with dirt and/or oil on
the soles of the operator’s work boots, the operator’s foot
may slip off the pedal, possibly resulting in a personal
accident.
 Do not mess up around the operator's seat with parts,
tools, soil, stones, obstacles that may fold up or turn
over, cans or lunch box. The levers or pedals become
inoperable if obstacle jams in operation stroke of the
travel levers/pedals, pilot control shut-off lever or control
levers, which may result in serious injury or death.
 Avoid storing transparent bottles in the cab. Do not
attach any transparent type window decorations on
the windowpanes as they may focus sunlight, possibly
starting a fire.
 Refrain from listening to the radio, or using music
headphones or mobile telephones in the cab while
operating the machine.
 Keep all flammable objects and/or explosives away from
the machine.
 After using the ashtray, always cover it to extinguish the
match and/or tobacco.
 Do not leave cigarette lighters in the cab. When the
temperature in the cab increases, the lighter may
explode.
 Use proper floor mat dedicated to the machine. If another
floor mat is used, it may be displaced and contact with
the travel pedals during operation, resulting in serious
injury or death.

S-5
 SAFETY

Use Handholds and Steps

 Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
 When you get on and off the machine, always face the
machine and maintain a three-point contact with the
steps and handrails.
 Do not use any controls as hand-holds.
 Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
 Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and
handrails when leaving the machine.
 Never get on and off the machine with tools in your
hands.
SA-439

Adjust the Operator's Seat

 A poorly adjusted seat for either the operator or for the
work at hand may quickly fatigue the operator leading to
misoperations.
 The seat should be adjusted whenever changing the
operator for the machine.
 The operator should be able to fully depress the pedals
and to correctly operate the control levers with his back
against the seat back.
 If not, move the seat forward or backward, and check
again.
 Adjust the rear view mirror position so that the best rear
visibility is obtained from the operator’s seat. If the mirror SA-378
is broken, immediately replace it with a new one.

S-6
 SAFETY
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving
Operator’s Seat
 Before rising from the operator’s seat to open/close either
side window or to adjust the seat position, be sure to first
lower the front attachment to the ground and then move
the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Failure
to do so may allow the machine to unexpectedly move
when a body part unintentionally comes in contact with
a control lever and/or pedal, possibly resulting in serious
personal injury or death.
 Before leaving the machine, be sure to first lower the front
attachment to the ground and then move the pilot control
shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Turn the key switch OFF
to stop the engine.
 Before leaving the machine, close all windows, doors, and
access covers and lock them up.

Fasten Your Seat Belt

 If the machine should overturn, the operator may become
injured and/or thrown from the cab. Additionally the
operator may be crushed by the overturning machine,
resulting in serious injury or death.
 Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine
webbing, buckle and attaching hardware. If any item is
damaged or worn, replace the seat belt or component
before operating the machine.
 Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt securely
fastened at all times when the machine is in operation to SA-237
minimize the chance of injury from an accident.
 We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three
years regardless of its apparent condition.

S-7
 SAFETY

Move and Operate Machine Safely

 Bystanders can be run over.
 Take extra care not to run over bystanders. Confirm the
location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
 Always keep the travel alarm and horn in working
condition (if equipped). It warns people when the
machine starts to move.
 Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
 Use appropriate illumination. Check that all lights are SA-426
operable before operating the machine. If any faulty
illumination is present, immediately repair it.
 Ensure the cab door, windows, doors and covers are
securely locked.
 Check the mirrors and the monitor in the CAB for
problems.
If there is, replace the problem part(s) or clean the mirror,
camera and the monitor.
Refer to Rear View Monitor section on the cleaning of the
camera and the monitor.

Operate Only from Operator's Seat

 Inappropriate engine starting procedures may cause the
machine to runaway, possibly resulting in serious injury or
death.
 Start the engine only when seated in the operator's seat.
 NEVER start the engine while standing on the track or on
ground.
 Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
 Before starting the engine, confirm that all control levers
are in neutral.
 Before starting the engine, confirm the safety around the
machine and sound the horn to alert bystanders. SA-444

S-8
 SAFETY

Jump Starting
 Battery gas can explode, resulting in serious injury.
 If the engine must be jump started, be sure to follow
the instructions shown in the “OPERATING THE ENGINE”
chapter in the operator’s manual.
 The operator must be in the operator’s seat so that the
machine will be under control when the engine starts.
Jump starting is a two-person operation.
 Never use a frozen battery.
 Failure to follow correct jump starting procedures could
result in a battery explosion or a runaway machine.
SA-032

Keep Riders off Machine

 Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck
by foreign objects and being thrown off the machine.
 Only the operator should be on the machine. Keep riders
off.
 Riders also obstruct the operator’s view, resulting in the
machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

SA-379

S-9
 SAFETY

Precautions for Operations

 Investigate the work site before starting operations.
 Be sure to wear close fitting clothing and safety
equipment appropriate for the job, such as a hard hat,
etc. when operating the machine.
 Clear all persons and obstacles from area of operation and
machine movement.
Always beware of the surroundings while operating.
When working in a small area surrounded by obstacles,
take care not to hit the upperstructure against obstacles.
 When loading onto trucks, bring the bucket over the truck
beds from the rear side. Take care not to swing the bucket
over the cab or over any person.

M178-05-007

S-10
 SAFETY

Investigate Job Site Beforehand

 When working at the edge of an excavation or on a road
shoulder, the machine could tip over, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
 Investigate the configuration and ground conditions of
the job site beforehand to prevent the machine from
falling and to prevent the ground, stockpiles or banks
from collapsing.
 Make a work plan. Use machines appropriate to the work
and job site.
 Reinforce ground, edges and road shoulders as
necessary. Keep the machine well back from the edges of
excavations and road shoulders.
 When working on an incline or on a road shoulder, SA-380
employ a signal person as required.
 Confirm that your machine is equipped with a FOPS cab
before working in areas where the possibility of falling
stones or debris exist.
 When the footing is weak, reinforce the ground before
starting work.
 When working on frozen ground, be extremely alert. As
ambient temperatures rise, footing becomes loose and
slippery.
 Beware the possibility of fire when operating the machine
near flammable objects such as dry grass.

S-11
 SAFETY
 Make sure the worksite has sufficient strength to firmly
support the machine.
When working close to an excavation or at road
shoulders, operate the machine with the tracks positioned
perpendicular to the cliff face with travel motors at the rear,
so that the machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff face
collapses.
 If working on the bottom of a cliff or a high bank is required,
be sure to investigate the area first and confirm that no
danger of the cliff or bank collapsing exists. If any possibility
of cliff or bank collapsing exists, do not work on the area.
 Soft ground may collapse when operating the machine on
it, possibly causing the machine to tip over. When working
on soft ground is required, be sure to reinforce the ground
first using large pieces of steel plates strong and firm
enough to easily support the machine.
 Note that there is always a possibility of machine tipping
over when working on rough terrain or on slopes. Prevent M104-05-016
machine tipping over from occurring. When operating on
rough terrain or on slopes:
 Reduce the engine speed.
 Select slow travel speed mode.
 Operate the machine slowly and be cautious with
machine movements.

Install OPG Guard

In case the machine is operated in areas where the possibilities
of falling stones or debris exist, equip Hitachi OPG guard.
Consult your authorized dealer for installing the OPG guard.
The guard can be compliant with ROPS standards depending
on the machine specifications.
In order not to impair operator protective structure:
Replace damaged ROPS or OPG guard. Never attempt to repair
or modify the guard.

ROPS: Roll Over Protective Structure

OPG: Operator Protective Guard

SA-490

S-12
 SAFETY

Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple

Machines
 For jobs involving multiple machines, provide signals
commonly known by all personnel involved. Also, appoint
a signal person to coordinate the job site. Make sure that all
personnel obey the signal person’s directions.

SA-481

Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven

 Incorrect travel pedal/lever operation may result in serious
injury or death.
 Before driving the machine, confirm the position of the
undercarriage in relation to the operator’s position. If the
travel motors are located in front of the cab, the machine
will move in reverse when travel pedals/levers are
operated to the front.

SA-491

S-13
 SAFETY

Drive Machine Safely

 Before driving the machine, always confirm that the travel
levers/pedals direction corresponds to the direction you
wish to drive.
 Be sure to detour around any obstructions.
 Avoid traveling over obstructions. Soil, fragments of rocks,
and/or metal pieces may scatter around the machine. Do A
not allow personnel to stay around the machine while
traveling.

 Driving on a slope may cause the machine to slip or SA-657

overturn, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
 Never attempt to ascend or descend 35 degrees or
steeper slopes.
 Be sure to fasten the seat belt.
 When driving up or down a slope, keep the bucket facing
the direction of travel, approximately 0.2 to 0.3 m (A)
above the ground.
 If the machine starts to skid or becomes unstable,
immediately lower the bucket to the ground and stop.
 Driving across the face of a slope or steering on a
slope may cause the machine to skid or turnover. If A SA-658
the direction must be changed, move the machine to
level ground, then, change the direction to ensure safe
operation.

SA-441

WRONG

SA-590

S-14
 SAFETY
 Avoid swinging the upperstructure on slopes. Never
attempt to swing the upperstructure downhill. The
machine may tip over. If swinging uphill is unavoidable,
carefully operate the upperstructure and boom at slow
speed.
 If the engine stalls on a slope, immediately lower the
bucket to the ground. Return the control levers to neutral.
Then, restart the engine.
 Be sure to thoroughly warm up the machine before
ascending steep slopes. If hydraulic oil has not warmed
up sufficiently, sufficient performance may not be Travel Motor
obtained.
 Use a signal person when moving, swinging or operating M104-05-008
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
 Before moving machine, determine which way to move
travel pedals/levers for the direction you want to go.
When the travel motors are in the rear, pushing down
on the front of the travel pedals or pushing the levers
forward moves the machine forward, towards the idlers.
An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of the
side frame to indicate the machine front direction.
 Select a travel route that is as flat as possible. Steer the
Arrow -mark
machine as straight as possible, making small gradual
changes in direction. M178-03-001
 Before traveling on them, check the strengths of bridges
and road shoulders, and reinforce if necessary.
 Use wood plates in order not to damage the road surface.
Be careful of steering when operating on asphalt roads in
summer.
 When crossing train tracks, use wood plates in order not
to damage them.
 Do not make contact with electric wires or bridges.
 When crossing a river, measure the depth of the river
using the bucket, and cross slowly. Do not cross the river
when the depth of the river is deeper than the upper
edge of the upper roller.
SA-011
 When traveling on rough terrain, reduce engine speed.
Select slow travel speed. Slower speed will reduce
possible damage to the machine.
 Avoid operations that may damage the track and
undercarriage components.
 During freezing weather, always clean snow and ice from
track shoes before loading and unloading machine, to
prevent the machine from slipping.

S-15
 SAFETY

Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents

 Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to mount
or stop a moving machine.

To avoid rollaways:
 Select level ground when possible to park the machine.
 Do not park the machine on a grade.
 Lower the bucket and/or other work tools to the ground.
 Turn the auto-idle switch OFF and the power mode switch
ECO.
 Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5
minutes to cool down the engine.
 Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.
SA-391
 Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
 Block both tracks and lower the bucket to the ground.
Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground if you must park
on a grade.
 Position the machine to prevent rolling.
 Park at a reasonable distance from other machines.

SA-2273

S-16
 SAFETY

Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing

Accidents
 If any person is present near the machine when backing or
swinging the upperstructure, the machine may hit or run
over that person, resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:
 Always look around BEFORE YOU BACK UP AND SWING
THE MACHINE. BE SURE THAT ALL BYSTANDERS ARE
CLEAR.
 Keep the travel alarm in working condition (if equipped).
ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS MOVING INTO THE
WORK AREA. USE THE HORN OR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN
BYSTANDERS BEFORE MOVING MACHINE.
 USE A SIGNAL PERSON WHEN BACKING UP IF YOUR VIEW
IS OBSTRUCTED. ALWAYS KEEP THE SIGNAL PERSON IN
VIEW. SA-383
Use hand signals, which conform to your local regulations,
when work conditions require a signal person.
 No machine motions shall be made unless signals are
clearly understood by both signalman and operator.
 Learn the meanings of all flags, signs, and markings used
on the job and confirm who has the responsibility for
signaling.
 Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good
condition.
 Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility
decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.
 Read and understand all operating instructions in the SA-384
operator’s manual.

S-17
 SAFETY

Keep Person Clear from Working Area

 A person may be hit severely by the swinging front
attachment or counterweight and/or may be crushed
against an other object, resulting in serious injury or death.
 Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and
machine movement.
 Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the
sides and rear area of the bucket swing radius to prevent
anyone from entering the work area.

SA-386

Never Position Bucket Over Anyone

 Never lift, move, or swing bucket above anyone or a truck
cab.
Serious injury or machine damage may result due to bucket
load spill or due to collision with the bucket.

SA-487

S-18
 SAFETY
Avoid Undercutting
 In order to retreat from the edge of an excavation if the
footing should collapse, always position the undercarriage
perpendicular to the edge of the excavation with the travel
motors at the rear.
 If the footing starts to collapse and if retreat is not
possible, do not panic. Often, the machine can be secured
by lowering the front attachment, in such cases.

SA-488

Avoid Tipping
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OF TIPPING MACHINE
--- SERIOUS OR FATAL CRUSHING INJURIES WILL RESULT
MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THAN YOU CAN JUMP
FREE
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
 The danger of tipping is always present when operating on
a grade, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid tipping:
 Be extra careful before operating on a grade.
 Prepare machine operating area flat.
 Keep the bucket low to the ground and close to the SA-012
machine.
 Reduce operating speeds to avoid tipping or slipping.
 Avoid changing direction when traveling on grades.
 NEVER attempt to travel across a grade steeper than 15
degrees if crossing the grade is unavoidable.
 Reduce swing speed as necessary when swinging loads.

 Be careful when working on frozen ground.

 Temperature increases will cause the ground to become
soft and make ground travel unstable.

SA-440

S-19
 SAFETY

Never Undercut a High Bank

 The edges could collapse or a land slide could occur causing
serious injury or death.

SA-489

Dig with Caution

 Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines may
cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.
 Before digging check the location of cables, gas lines, and
water lines.
 Keep the minimum distance required, by law, from cables,
gas lines, and water lines.
 If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally severed, do
not look into the end. Doing so may result in serious eye
injury.
 Contact your local “diggers hot line” if available in your
area , and/or the utility companies directly.
SA-382
Have them mark all underground utilities.

Operate with Caution

 If the front attachment or any other part of the machine hits
against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge, both the
machine and the overhead obstacle will be damaged, and
personal injury may result as well.
 Take care to avoid hitting overhead obstacles with the
boom or arm.

SA-389

S-20
 SAFETY

Avoid Power Lines

 Serious injury or death can result if the machine or front
attachments are not kept a safe distance from electric lines.
 When operating near an electric line, NEVER move any
part of the machine or load closer than 3 m plus twice the
line insulator length.
 Check and comply with any local regulations that may
apply.
 Wet ground will expand the area that could cause any
person on it to be affected by electric shock. Keep all
bystanders or co-workers away from the site.

SA-381

Precautions for Lightning

 The machine is vulnerable to lightning strikes.
 In the event of an electrical storm, immediately stop
operation, and lower the bucket to the ground. Evacuate
to a safe place far away from the machine.
 After the electrical storm has passed, check all of the
machine safety devices for any failure. If any failed
safety devices are found, operate the machine only after
repairing them.

SA-1088

S-21
 SAFETY

Object Handling
 If a lifted load should fall, any person nearby may be
struck by the falling load or may be crushed underneath it,
resulting in serious injury or death.
 When using the machine for craning operations, be sure
to comply with all local regulations.
 Do not use damaged chains or frayed cables, sables,
slings, or ropes.
 Before craning, position the upperstructure with the
travel motors at the rear.
 Move the load slowly and carefully. Never move it
suddenly.
 Keep all persons well away from the load.
 Never move a load over a person’s head.
 Do not allow anyone to approach the load until it is safely
and securely situated on supporting blocks or on the
ground.
 Never attach a sling or chain to the bucket teeth. They
may come off, causing the load to fall.

SA-014

Protect Against Flying Debris

 If flying debris hit eyes or any other part of the body, serious
injury may result.
 Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;
wear goggles or safety glasses.
 Keep bystanders away from the working area before
striking any object.
 Always close the front windows, doors, door windows and
the overhead window when operating the machine.

SA-432

S-22
 SAFETY

Park Machine Safely

To avoid accidents:
 Park machine on a firm, level surface.
 Lower bucket to the ground.
 Turn auto-idle switch OFF and power mode switch ECO.
 Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 minutes.
 Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine.
 Remove the key from the key switch.
 Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
 Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
 Lock all access doors and compartments.

SA-390

Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires

 Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. If fuel ignites,
an explosion and/or a fire may occur, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
 Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when near
open flame or sparks.
 Always stop the engine before refueling the machine.
 Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

 All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolants are flammable.

 Store flammable fluids well away from fire hazards.
 Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. SA-018
 Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
 Securely tighten the fuel and oil filler cap.

SA-019

S-23
 SAFETY

Transport Safely
 Take care the machine may turn over when loading or
unloading the machine onto or off of a truck or trailer.
 Observe the related regulations and rules for safe
transportation.
 Select an appropriate truck or trailer for the machine to
be transported.
 Be sure to use a signal person.
 Always follow the following precautions for loading or
unloading:
1. Select solid and level ground.
2. Always use a ramp or deck strong enough to support the
machine weight. SA-395

3. Turn auto-idle switch OFF and turn mode switch to ECO

position.
4. Always select the slow speed mode with the travel mode
switch.
5. Never load or unload the machine onto or off a truck
or trailer using the front attachment functions when
driving up or down the ramp.
6. Never steer the machine while on the ramp. If the
traveling direction must be changed while the ramp,
unload the machine from the ramp, reposition the
machine on the ground, then try loading again.
7. The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed is a
sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.
8. Place blocks in front of and behind the tires. Securely
hold the machine to the truck or trailer deck with wire
ropes.

Be sure to further follow the details described in the

TRANSPORTING section.

S-24
 SAFETY

Practice Safe Maintenance

To avoid accidents:
 Understand service procedures before starting work.
 Keep the work area clean and dry.
 Do not spray water or steam inside cab.
 Never lubricate or service the machine while it is moving.
 Keep hands, feet and clothing away from power-driven
parts.

Before servicing the machine:

1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF to stop engine.
6. Relieve the pressure in the hydraulic system by moving
the control levers several times. SA-028

7. Remove the key from the key switch.

8. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
9. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
10. Allow the engine to cool.

 If a maintenance procedure must be performed with the

engine running, do not leave the machine unattended.
 If the machine must be raised, maintain a 90 to 110˚
angle between the boom and arm. Securely support any
machine elements that must be raised for service work.
 Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace as
necessary. Refer to the section discussing that part in the
“MAINTENANCE” chapter of this manual. SA-527
 Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
 Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
 When cleaning parts, always use nonflammable
detergent oil. Never use highly flammable oil such as fuel
oil and gasoline to clean parts or surfaces.
 Disconnect battery ground cable (−) before making
adjustments to electrical systems or before performing
welding on the machine.

S-25
 SAFETY
 Sufficiently illuminate the work site. Use a maintenance
work light when working under or inside the machine.
 Always use a work light protected with a guard. In case
the light bulb is broken, spilled fuel, oil, antifreeze fluid, or
window washer fluid may catch fire.

SA-037

Warn Others of Service Work

 Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
 Before performing any work on the machine, attach a “Do
Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
This tag is available from your authorized dealer.

SS3076175 SS2045102

Support Machine Properly

 Never attempt to work on the machine without securing
the machine first.
 Always lower the attachment to the ground before you
work on the machine.
 If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment,
securely support the machine or attachment. Do not
support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tires, or
props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
SA-527

S-26
 SAFETY

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

 Entanglement in moving parts can cause serious injury.
 To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure that
hands, feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not become
entangled when working around rotating parts.

SA-026

SA-2294

Prevent Parts from Flying

 Grease in the track adjuster is under high pressure.
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious
injury, blindness, or death.
 Do not attempt to remove GREASE FITTING or VALVE
ASSEMBLY.
 Do not attempt to remove grease fitting securing cover.
 As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from valve.
 Never attempt to disassemble the track adjuster.
Inadvertent disassembling of the track adjuster may
cause the parts such as a spring to fly off, possibly SA-344
resulting in severe personal injury or death.

 Travel reduction gears are under pressure.

 As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from AIR RELEASE PLUG to avoid injury.
 GEAR OIL is hot. Wait for GEAR OIL to cool, then gradually
loosen AIR RELEASE PLUG to release pressure.

S-27
 SAFETY

Store Attachments Safely

 Stored attachments such as buckets, hydraulic hammers,
and blades can fall and cause serious injury or death.
 Securely store attachments and implements to prevent
falling. Keep children and bystanders away from storage
areas.

SA-034

Prevent Burns
Hot spraying fluids:

 After operation, engine coolant is hot and under pressure.

Hot water or steam is contained in the engine, radiator and
heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can cause
severe burns.
 To avoid possible injury from hot spraying water. DO
NOT remove the radiator cap until the engine is cool.
When opening, turn the cap slowly to the stop. Allow all
pressure to be released before removing the cap.
 The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Again, be sure to SA-039
release all pressure before removing the cap.

Hot fluids and surfaces:

 Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot during
operation.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as well.
 Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting
any maintenance or inspection work.

SA-225

S-28
 SAFETY

Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically

 Rubber hoses that contain flammable fluids under pressure
may break due to aging, fatigue, and abrasion. It is very
difficult to gauge the extent of deterioration due to aging,
fatigue, and abrasion of rubber hoses by inspection alone.
 Periodically replace the rubber hoses. (See the page of
“Periodic replacement of parts” in the operator’s manual.)

 Failure to periodically replace rubber hoses may cause a fire,

fluid injection into skin, or the front attachment to fall on a
SA-019
person nearby, which may result in severe burns, gangrene,
or otherwise serious injury or death.

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

 Fluids such as diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can
penetrate the skin or eyes causing serious injury, blindness
or death.
 Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
 Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
 Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care to
protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. Wear a
face shield or goggles for eye protection.
 If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately. Any fluid injected into the SA-031
skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result.

SA-292

SA-044

S-29
 SAFETY

Prevent Fires
Check for Oil Leaks:
 Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires.
 Check for oil leaks due to missing or loose clamps, kinked
hoses, lines or hoses that rub against each other, damage
to the oil-cooler, and loose oil-cooler flange bolts.
 Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or damaged
clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil-cooler flange bolts.
 Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
 Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes, or hoses.
 Replace fuel hoses and hydraulic hoses periodically even
if there is no abnormality in their external appearance.
SA-019
Check for Shorts:
 Short circuits can cause fires.
 Clean and tighten all electrical connections.
 Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed electrical
cables and wires.
 Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for missing or damaged terminal caps.
 DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are loose,
kinked, etc.
 Never attempt to modify electric wirings.

S-30
 SAFETY
Clean up Flammables:
 Spilled fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris, accumulated
coal dust, and other flammables may cause fires.
 Prevent fires by inspecting and cleaning the machine
daily, and by removing adhered oil or accumulated
flammables immediately. Check and clean high
temperature parts such as the exhaust outlet and
mufflers earlier than the normal interval.
 Do not wrap high temperature parts such as a muffler or
exhaust pipe with oil absorbents.
 Do not store oily cloths as they are vulnerable to catching
fire.
 Keep flammables away from open flames.
 Do not ignite or crush a pressurized or sealed container.
 Wire screens may be provided on openings on the engine
compartment covers to prevent flammables such as
dead leaves from entering. However, flammables which
have passed through the wire screen may cause fires.
Check and clean the machine every day and immediately
remove accumulated flammables.

Check Key Switch:

 If a fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate
the fire, hampering fire fighting.
Always check key switch function before operating the
machine every day:
1. Start the engine and run it at slow idle.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position to confirm that
the engine stops.
 If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them
before operating the machine.

Check Heat Shields:

 Damaged or missing heat shields may lead to fires.

 Damaged or missing heat shields must be repaired or

replaced before operating the machine.
 If hydraulic hoses are broken while the engine cover is
open, splattered oil on the high temperature parts such
as mufflers may cause fire. Always close the engine cover
while operating the machine.

S-31
 SAFETY

Evacuating in Case of Fire

 If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the following
way:
 Stop the engine by turning the key switch to the OFF
position if there is time.
 Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
 Exit the machine.
 In an emergency, if the cab door or front window can not
be opened, break the front or rear window panes with
the emergency evacuation hammer to escape from the
cab. Refer to the explanation pages on the Emergency SA-393
Evacuation Method.

SS-1510

Beware of Exhaust Fumes

 Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death.
 If you must operate in a building, be sure there is
adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe
extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors
and windows to bring enough outside air into the area.

SA-016

S-32
 SAFETY
Precautions for Welding and Grinding
 Welding may generate gas and/or small fires.
 Be sure to perform welding in a well ventilated and
prepared area. Store flammable objects in a safe place
before starting welding.
 Only qualified personnel should perform welding. Never
allow an unqualified person to perform welding.
 Grinding on the machine may create fire hazards. Store
flammable objects in a safe place before starting grinding.
 After finishing welding and grinding, recheck that there are
no abnormalities such as the area surrounding the welded
area still smoldering. SA-818

S-33
 SAFETY

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

 Flammable spray can be generated by heating near
pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself
and bystanders.
 Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
 Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes
beyond the immediate flame area. Install temporary
fire-resistant guards to protect hoses or other materials
before engaging in welding, soldering, etc..

SA-030

Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing

Flammable Fluids
 Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain
flammable fluids.
 Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent
before welding or flame cutting them.

Precautions for Handling Accumulator and Gas

Damper
High-pressure nitrogen gas is sealed in the accumulator and
the gas damper. Inappropriate handling may cause explosion,
possibly resulting in serious injury or death.

Strictly comply with the following items:

 Do not disassemble the unit.
 Keep the units away from open flames and fire.
 Do not bore a hole, do not cut by torch.
 Avoid giving shocks by hitting or rolling the unit.
 Before disposing the unit, sealed gas must be released.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

S-34
 SAFETY

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

 Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by
welding, soldering, or using a torch. If inhaled, these fumes
may cause sickness.
 Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
 Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
 Remove paint before welding or heating:
1. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
2. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with SA-029
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint
stripper containers and other flammable material from
area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before
welding or heating.

Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other

Contamination
 Take care not to inhale dust produced in the work site.
Inhalation of asbestos fibers may be the cause of lung
cancer. Inhalation of silicon dust or other contamination
may cause sickness.
 Depending on the work site conditions, the risk
of inhaling asbestos fiber, silicon dust or other
contamination may exist. Spray water to prevent asbestos
fibers, silicon dust or other contamination from becoming
airborne. Do not use compressed air.
 When operating the machine in a work site where
asbestos fibers, silicon dust or other contamination SA-029
might be present, be sure to operate the machine
from the upwind side and wear a mask rated to
prevent the inhalation of asbestos, silicon dust or other
contamination.
 Keep bystanders out of the work site during operation.
 Asbestos fibers might be present in imitation parts. Use
only genuine Hitachi Parts.

S-35
 SAFETY

Prevent Battery Explosions

 Battery gas can explode.
 Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away from the
top of battery.
 Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
 Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm the
battery to 16 ˚C ( 60 ˚F ) first.
 Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of the
battery may result.
 Loose terminals may produce sparks. Securely tighten all
terminals. SA-032
 Connect terminals to the correct electrical poles. Failure
to do so may cause damage to the electrical parts or fire.

 Battery electrolyte is poisonous. If the battery should

explode, battery electrolyte may be splashed into eyes,
possibly resulting in blindness.
 Be sure to wear eye protection when checking electrolyte
specific gravity.

Service Air Conditioning System Safely

 If spilled onto skin, refrigerant may cause a cold contact
burn.
 Refer to the instructions described on the container for
proper use when handling the refrigerant.
 Use a recovery and recycling system to avoid leaking
refrigerant into the atmosphere.
 Never touch the refrigerant.

SA-405

S-36
 SAFETY

Handle Chemical Products Safely

 Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious
injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with your
machine include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints,
and adhesives.
 A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health
hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response
techniques.
 Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and use recommended equipment. SA-309
 See your authorized dealer for MSDS’s (available only in
English) on chemical products used with your machine.

Dispose of Waste Properly

 Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with HITACHI equipment includes such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
 Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
 Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
 Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations SA-226
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
 Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.

S-37
 SAFETY

Never Ride Attachment

Never allow anyone to ride attachments or load. This is an
extremely dangerous practice.

Precautions for Communication Terminal

Electrical wave transmitted from the communication terminal
may cause malfunction of other electronic devices.
Inquire the device manufacturer for electrical wave
disturbance upon using an electronic device near the
communication terminal.

S-38
 SAFETY
Precaution for Communication Terminal
Equipment
This machine has a communication terminal equipment
emitting electrical waves installed inside a rear tray which is
situated at the back of the driver's seat. There is a possibility
that a medical device, including an implantable device
such as a cardiac pacemaker, would be affected and would
malfunction by the electrical waves emitted from the
communication terminal equipment.

Any person affixed with a medical device such as the above SA-2302
should not use this machine, unless the medical device and
the rear tray are at least 22 centimeters (8.662 inches) apart at
all times. If such condition cannot be met, please contact our
company's nearest dealer and have the person in charge stop
the communication terminal equipment from functioning
completely and confirm that it is not emitting electrical waves.

Specific Absorption Rate ("SAR") (measured by 10 g per unit) of

communication terminal equipments:
E-GSM900 0.573 W/Kg (914.80 MHz)
DCS-1800 0.130 W/Kg (1710.20 MHz)
WCDMA Band I 0.271 W/Kg (1950.00 MHz)

*This data was measured by having each type of

communication terminal equipment, such as the
communication terminal equipment used with this machine,
and a human body set apart by 3 cm (1.18 inches).
* SAR is a measure of the amount of radio frequency energy
absorbed by the body when using a wireless application such
as a mobile phone.

In Japan: *Under the Japanese Radio Act and other relevant

Japanese regulations, the maximum SAR value is 2 W/kg (as of
March 2010).

In EU Member nation: *Under the "Council Recommendation

1999/519/EC 12 July 1999'; the maximum SAR value is 2 W/kg
(as of March 2010).

S-39
 SAFETY
 Never attempt to disassemble, repair, modify or displace the
communication terminal, antennas or cables. Failure to do
so may result in damage and/or fire to the base machine or
to the communication terminal. (When required to remove
or install the communication terminal, consult your nearest
Hitachi dealer.)

 Do not pinch or forcibly pull cables, cords or connectors.

Failure to do so may cause short circuit or broke circuit that
may result in damage and/or fire to the base machine or to
the communication terminal.

S-40
 SAFETY SIGNS
All safety signs and their locations affixed on the machine are illustrated in this group. Make sure of the contents
described in the safety signs through reading actual ones affixed on the machine to ensure safe machine operation.
Always keep the safety signs clean. In case a safety sign is broken or lost, immediately, obtain a new replacement and affix
it again in position on the machine. Use the part No. indicated under the right corner of each safety sign illustration when
placing an order of it to the Hitachi dealer.

ZX470-5 class

18 (ZX470-5, 470LC-5)

Right Window
1 4 (ZX470-5, 470LC-5)
3

7
8
21
6
2 5
20

10

11
13 Engine Room
9 19 12

Accumulator

Bottom of the Engine (Radiator Side)

14
17 16

15

Bottom of the Radiator SS-3347

S-41
 SAFETY SIGNS
ZX670-5, 870-5 class

18 (ZX670LC-5, 870-5, 870LC-5)

3 4 (ZX670LC-5, 870-5, 870LC-5)
Right Window

1
2
7
8

6
5

12

11

10
16 17 10
ZX670-5 class
ZX870-5 class 19

Accumulator

14

14
ZX670-5 class

ZX870-5 class SS-3358

S-42
 SAFETY SIGNS
1.
WARNING!
Prior to operation, maintenance, disassembling, and
transportation of the machine, be sure to read and
understand the Operator’s Manual.

SS-1616

2.
If the parked machine is unexpectedly moved, serious injury
or death due to crushing may result. Be sure to lower the
front attachment to the ground, lock the control levers,
and remove the engine key before leaving the machine
unattended.

SS4420333

3.
Sign indicates an electrocution hazard if machine is brought
too near electric power lines.
Keep a safe distance from electric power lines.

SS-1613

4.
Sign indicates a hazard form falling window.
After raising window, be sure to lock it in place with lock
pins.

SS-1618

S-43
 SAFETY SIGNS
5.
If the machine should overturn, the operator may become
injured and/or thrown from the cab and/or crushed by the
overturning machine.

SS4654287

6.
Do not extend your hands or head from the window. Your
hands or head may come in contact with the boom.

SS4459990

7.

SSYA00000341

S-44
 SAFETY SIGNS
8.
Sign indicates a hazard of being hit by the working device of
the machine.
Keep away from machine during operation.

SS3092124

9.
Sign indicates a hazard of a flying plug from track adjuster
that could cause injury.
Read manual before adjusting track for safe and proper
handling.

SS3086091

10.
A
Sign indicates a burn hazard from compressed air and
spurting hot oil if the oil inlet is uncapped during or right
after operation.
Read manual for safe and proper handling.

SS4459928

Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or oil if B

radiator or hydraulic tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic tank to cool before removing
cap.

SS4420336

S-45
 SAFETY SIGNS
11.
Sign indicates a crush hazard by rotation of upper structure
of the machine. Keep away from swinging area of machine.

SS-1614

12. A
Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or oil if
radiator or hydraulic tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic tank to cool before removing
cap.

SS4420336

SS-710

13. 14. 15.

Sign indicates a hazard of rotating parts, such as belt.
Turn off before inspection and maintenance.

SS4623852

SSYA00008776

S-46
 SAFETY SIGNS
16.
A
Sign indicates an explosion hazard.
Keep fire and open flames away from this area.

SS4460067
Skin contact with electrolyte will cause burns. Splashed
electrolyte into eyes will cause blindness. Take care not to B
touch electrolyte.

SS4460056

17.
Sign indicates an electrical hazard from handling the cable.
Read manual for safe and proper handling.

SS4459714

S-47
 SAFETY SIGNS
18.

SS4467093

19.

SS-1022

20.
Sign indicates a hazard of falling off the fender or hood.
Never stand close to the edge.

SS3092125

21.

SS4318016

S-48
 COMPONENTS NAME

Components Name
1- Bucket 4
3
2- Bucket Cylinder
3- Arm
4- Arm Cylinder 5
2
5- Boom
6- Hydraulic Oil Tank 6

7- Fuel Tank 7

8- Counterweight 14

9- Engine
13
10- Track 1

11- Travel Device 12

12- Front Idler

13- Cab
14- Boom Cylinder 8
15- Muffler

fNOTE: The illustration shows ZX850-5 class. 9

15 11 10
TJBE-01-02-001

1-1
 GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE

Getting ON/OFF the Machine

Foot holds and handrails are provided in and around the
machine.
These are used to get on and off the cab safely as well as to do 1
inspection and maintenance of the machine safely.
Never jump on or off the machine as it is very dangerous.

dWARNING:
 Never attach a wire on the foot holds or handrails to
lift the cab or main body or while transporting the
machine on a truck or trailer as it is dangerous.
 The door handle (1) is not a handrail. Do not hold the
door handle (1) as a handrail when getting on and
off the machine.
 Do not hold the control levers or pilot control shut-
off lever when getting on and off the machine.

M1JB-01-001

M1JB-01-002

1-2
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Cab Features (Std. Model)

1 2 3 4 5 6
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch 7

2- Left Travel Pedal

3- Left Travel Lever
4- Right Travel Lever 13
8
5- Right Travel Pedal
6- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
9
7- Multi Function Monitor Panel
8- Switch Panel 10
9- Key Switch 12
10- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment)
Glove Compartment (without Optional Equipments)
11- Operator's Seat
12- Cab Door Release Lever
13- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 11 MDAA-01-347

14- Glove Compartment

15- Fuse Box
14
16- Cigar Lighter 18 16
17- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) 15
Glove Compartment (without Optional Equipment)
18- Glove Compartment (Hot and Cool Box)
19- Engine Stop Switch
20- Handle (Emergency Engine Stop) 17

MDAA-01-289

19 20 MDCD-01-001

1-3
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Cab Features (with Attachment)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch 8

2- Left Travel Pedal

3- Left Travel Lever
4- Right Travel Lever 14
9
5- Right Travel Pedal
6- Attachment Pedal
10
7- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
8- Multi Function Monitor Panel 11
9- Switch Panel 13
10- Key Switch
11- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment)
Glove Compartment (without Optional Equipments)
12- Operator's Seat
13- Cab Door Release Lever 12 MDAA-01-348

14- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever

15- Glove Compartment
15
16- Fuse Box 19
17- Cigar Lighter 17
18- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) 16

19- Glove Compartment (Hot and Cool Box)

20- Engine Stop Switch
21- Handle (Emergency Engine Stop) 18

MDAA-01-289

20 21 MDCD-01-001

1-4
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Multi Function Monitor

Feature
The multi function monitor displays various meters,
indicators, radio and air conditioner, ten-key lock function,
rearview camera image, work mode selection and
maintenance screen.

Screen Configuration
The multi function monitor consists of the following
screens.
There are 7 menus, and a further 15 sub menus.

Basic Screen Main Menu Alarm List

Air Conditioner

Radio

Work Mode

Mail (Optional)

Setting Menu Date and Time

Attachment Adjust

Attachment Name Input

Auto-Lubrication

Password Change (Optional)

Sub Meter Selection

Rear View Camera Monitor

Display Item Selection

Brightness Adjustment

Unit Selection

Main Menu Sequence Change

Information Menu Operation

Maintenance

Monitoring

1-5
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Basic Screen
1 2 3 4 5 6
1- Work Mode Display
2- Auto-Idle Display
3- Power Mode Display
7
4- Auto-Lubrication Display (Optional)
5- Hour Meter, Clock 8
6- Preheat Display 13
7- Seat Belt Display
8- Fuel Gauge 9
9- Sub Meter
10- Radio Display 12

11- Air Conditioner Display

12- Coolant Temperature Gauge
13- Travel Mode Indicator

11 10

MJAC-01-012

1-6
 OPERATOR’S STATION

How to Use Screens

Displaying Basic Screen
IMPORTANT: Start the engine after the basic screen is
displayed.

When the key switch is turned to the ACC or ON position,

the starting screen displays for about two seconds. When
the key switch is kept in ACC position, only hour meter,
clock and radio will be displayed. When the key switch is
turned from ACC to ON position, the basic screen will be
displayed.
MDAA-01-003EN
Starting Screen

Basic Screen MDAA-01-001EN

IMPORTANT: When the key switch is turned to ON

position, the alternator alarm will be displayed on the
basic screen. Until the alternator starts generating
power after the engine starts, the alternator alarm is
displayed on the basic screen.

Alternator Alarm

MDAA-01-042

1-7
 OPERATOR’S STATION
 Display of Meters Work Mode 4
Items to be displayed
4- Hour Meter, Clock
9- Fuel Gauge
13- Coolant Temperature Gauge 9

 Work Mode Display 13

The attachments being used are displayed.

Digging Mode

MDAA-01-001EN
Attachment Mode
Breaker

Pulverizer

Crusher

Vibrating Hammer

Grapple

Clamshell

Others

1-8
 OPERATOR’S STATION
 Auto-Idle Display (2)
1 2 3 4 5
When the auto-idle is selected from the switch panel, the
6
auto-idle display (18) displays.
When the key switch is turned ON while the auto-idle 7
switch is also ON, the auto-idle display blinks for 10
8
seconds.
13
9
 Power Mode Display (3)
Displays the power mode selected from the switch panel. 12

 Auto-Lubrication Display (4) (Optional)

Displays when the auto-lubrication switch is turned ON. 10
11
 Preheat Display (6)
While the current is being supplied to the glow plug, the MJAC-01-013
indicator is displayed.

 Seat Belt Display (7)

Turns ON when the key switch is in the ON position, and
turns OFF 5 seconds after the engine starts.

 Sub Meter Display (9)

Fuel consumption or breaker hour meter is displayed.

 Radio Display (10)

Displays the radio panel

 Air Conditioner Display (11)

Displays the air conditioner panel.

 Travel Mode Display (13)

Displays the travel mode selected from the switch panel.

1-9
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Hour Meter
Total (accumulated) machine operation hours counted since
the machine started working, are displayed in hours (h).
One digit after the decimal point indicates tenths of an hour
(6 minutes).
MDAA-01-021EN

Clock
Indicates the present time.
24-h/12-h display can be selected.
(Refer to "Date and Time" for switching the display mode.)

Fuel Gauge
The remaining fuel amount is indicated by the needle.
Refuel before the needle reaches "E".

MDAA-01-276

1-10
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature is indicated with a needle.
Normally the needle is around the center of the scale during
operation.

M1U1-01-047

Operating Status Icon Display 1 2 3

Displays icons indicating the current status of the
attachment (1) selected from the work mode selection
screen; and power mode (3), preheat indicator (4), travel 4
mode (5), and auto-idle (2) ON selected from the switch
panel, when these systems are activated.

MJAC-01-014
5

1-11
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Security Functions (Optional)

Input Password
IMPORTANT:
 When required to activate the numeric keypad
function, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
 If the password is forgotten, the machine must be
modified. Be extremely careful not to forget the
password.

1. Turn the key switch ON. After the starting screen is

Starting Screen MDAA-01-003EN
displayed, the password input screen will be displayed.

2. Input a password by using the numeric keypad.

3. The monitor unit matches the input password to the

registered one. If they match, the basic screen displays.
The engine is ready to run. If an incorrect password is
input three times, a buzzer sounds for thirty seconds.
During that time, the buzzer does not stop even if the
key switch is turned ON/OFF.

fNOTE: If you make a mistake while entering the password,

push the CLEAR key in order to erase the entered characters.
MDAA-01-085EN
Password Input Screen
4. After thirty seconds, if the key switch is turned to the ON
position, the starting screen displays and the password
input screen displays again. Then the password can be
input again.
5. If an incorrect password is input again, the buzzer
sounds for a further thirty seconds.

MDAA-01-086EN

Basic Screen MDAA-01-001EN

1-12
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Extending Password Duration Time
IMPORTANT: This operation is applicable only to those
machines that require a password.

By using the password duration screen, password duration

time can be set. When restarting the machine, a password
need not be input within the specified timeframe.

1. When turning the key switch from ON to ACC position,

the monitor unit displays the password duration screen
for ten seconds.
MDAA-01-087EN
2. While the password duration screen is still displayed, Password Duration Screen (Key Switch: OFF)
rotate selector knob (1) to highlight the relevant time.
Pushing selector knob (1) sets the password duration
time. 1
Duration time 0 minute
Duration time 30 minute
Duration time 60 minute
Duration time 90 minute
Duration time 120 minute

fNOTE: If the password duration time is not set explicitly, a

duration of 0 is assumed.

3. If turning the key switch to the ON position within the

password duration time, the monitor unit displays the MDAA-01-040
basic screen after the starting screen.

MDAA-01-003EN
Starting Screen

MDAA-01-001EN

1-13
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Alarm Occurrence Screen

In case any abnormality occurs, alarm marks (1) are displayed
on the basic screen.
If six or more alarms are generated, the alarm marks (1) can be
scrolled by rotating switch (2).

Indicator MDCD-01-021

MDAA-01-040

1-14
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Follow the procedure below to display detailed information for
an alarm.

Push selector knob (1) on the basic screen to display the

main menu.

Rotate selector knob (1) to select the alarm list, and push
selector knob (1).

Rotate selector knob (1) to select a required alarm from the

alarm list, and push selector knob (1).

Detailed information of the selected alarm will be displayed. MDCD-01-003

MDAA-01-040

dCAUTION: The main menu displays the alarm list only

when an alarm occurs.

MDAA-01-077EN

dCAUTION: The alarm list contains only currently

generated alarms.

MDCD-01-006EN MDCD-01-007EN

1-15
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Remedy

Display Contents of Alarms Remedy

Engine Oil Level Alarm Check engine oil level and refill oil.

Coolant Level Alarm Check coolant level and add coolant if necessary.

Overheat Alarm** Engine coolant temperature has abnormally increased.

Stop operation. Run the engine at slow idle speed to lower the coolant
temperature.

Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Hydraulic oil temperature is above normal.

Stop operation, check hydraulic oil level, check for leaks etc.

Engine Trouble Alarm* Engine or engine related parts are abnormal.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Engine Oil Pressure Alarm Engine oil pressure has decreased.

Immediately stop the engine. Check the engine oil system and oil
level.

Engine Start Disabled As the pilot shut-off lever is lowered, the engine cannot start.

Engine Start Disabled As the engine emergency switch is ON, the engine cannot start.

Alternator Alarm Electrical system is abnormal.

Check alternator and battery system.

Fuel Level Alarm Fuel level is low.

Refill fuel as soon as possible.

fNOTE:
*Alarm mark is displayed and buzzer will sound.
**Alarm mark is displayed and buzzer will sound. Turn engine control dial to the slow idle position, and buzzer will stop.

1-16
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Display Contents of Alarms Remedy

Auto-Lubrication Alarm Auto-Lubrication System is abnormal.
Replace grease can and/or check grease supply piping for any failure.

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction The hydraulic oil filter is clogged.

Alarm Clean or replace the hydraulic oil filter.

Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm Air filter elements are clogged.

Clean or replace air filter elements.

System Failure Alarm Communication system is abnormal.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever Pilot control shut-off lever system is abnormal.
Alarm Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

fNOTE: The hydraulic oil filter alarm lights only when the high performance element (optional) is used.

1-17
 OPERATOR’S STATION
 Fuel Sensor Error Display Coolant Temperature Fuel Sensor Error Display
If the fuel sensor is faulty, the color of the fuel mark changes Sensor Error Display
and the needle disappears. If the harness between the
fuel sensor and the controller unit is broken, the needle
disappears.

 Coolant Temperature Sensor Error Display

If the coolant temperature sensor is faulty, color of the
temperature mark changes and the needle disappears.
If the harness between the temperature sensor and the
controller unit is broken, the needle disappears.

MDAA-01-024EN

1-18
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Main Menu
Press selector knob (2) while displaying basic screen (1) to 1
display main menu screen (3).
The main menu screen contains the items shown in the figure
to the right. The alarm list is displayed only when an alarm is
generated.
Mail (optional) menus will not be displayed unless they are set
beforehand.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-077EN

MDAA-01-190EN

1-19
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Air Conditioner
1
Most air conditioner functions are operated by using switches
(3) and (4), however air vent selection and turning A/C ON and
OFF are performed from the air conditioner setting screen in
the menu. (Refer to the page 1-89)

Circulation Air Mode

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Air Conditioner (6).
MDAA-01-001EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Air Conditioner screen
(7).
2
Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (8) mark. 3
4. Press selector knob (2) to set the circulation mode. 4
5. Press selector knob (2) again to switch the fresh air
mode.

Air Conditioner ON/OFF

1. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight A/C (9).
2. Press selector knob (2) to turn the air compressor ON. MDAA-01-040
3. Press selector knob (2) again to turn the air compressor
OFF.
5
fNOTE: When the function is ON, the mark "" is displayed in
green. When the function is OFF, the mark "" is displayed in
gray. 6

IMPORTANT: If mark (10) is displayed on the air

conditioner display, communication between the air
conditioner and the monitor is abnormal. Consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.

MDAA-01-089EN

8
9

MDAA-01-091EN

10

MDAA-01-226

1-20
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Radio
Most radio functions are operated by using switches (3) and 1
(4), however memory channel setting, seek function, TONE
adjustment, and AUTO PRESET are done at the radio screen in
the main menu.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Radio (6).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display the radio screen.
(Refer to 1-97) MDAA-01-001EN

IMPORTANT: If mark (7) is displayed on the radio display,

communication between the radio and the monitor is 2
abnormal. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
3
Press the numeric keypad of 1 to 8 while the radio is ON, the 4
radio station will switch to memorized channel of 1 to 8. (Refer
to 1-79 and 1-97)

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-227

1-21
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Work Mode
Front attachment is selected in the Work Mode screen under 1
the Work Mode menu in the main menu.

Attachment Selection
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Work Mode (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Work Mode screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired front
MDAA-01-001EN
attachment.
(In the right example, "Bucket" is highlighted.)
5. Press selector knob (2) to enable the changes. 2

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-100EN

MJAA-01-009EN

1-22
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Mail (Optional)
IMPORTANT: This function is available only to a machine 1
equipped with a communication terminal. When using
the mail function, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Mail (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Mail screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired request.
MDAA-01-001EN
5. Press selector knob (2) to send mail information to the
communication terminal.
 General Request 2
 Fuel Replenishment Request
 Service Maintenance Request
 Forwarding Request

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-109EN

MDAA-01-110EN

1-23
 OPERATOR’S STATION
6. While mail information is sent to the communication
terminal, the message "Wait." is displayed on the screen.

MDAA-01-111EN

7. When the communication terminal completes receiving

mail information, the message "Request Is Accepted." is
displayed on the screen.
Push the back key to return to the Mail screen.
8. Then, a mail is sent from the communication terminal to
the central server.

fNOTE: Depending on the machine's operating environment,

the mail may not be sent.

fNOTE: When the communication terminal could not receive MDAA-01-112EN

the mail, the message "Failed." is displayed on the screen.

MDAA-01-113EN

1-24
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Setting Menu
Setting menu consists of date and time setting, attachment 1
adjustment, attachment name, auto shut-down setting,
change password, selecting sub meter, brightness adjustment
of back monitor and screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-015EN

1-25
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Date and Time

Time, date and display mode can be set on this screen. Year- 1
month-day format and 24h/12h display mode are selected in
the display setting.

Time Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5). MDAA-01-001EN
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-015EN

1-26
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Time Setting (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Time Setting screen (9). 7

MDAA-01-117EN

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Hour or Minute and

push selector knob (2).
9
9. Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust the clock. Rotate
clockwise to adjust the number upwards, and
counterclockwise to decrease it.
10
10. Push selector knob (2) to end the Time setting
procedure. 11
11. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (11). Push
selector knob (2) to make the change.

MDAA-01-118EN

MDAA-01-121EN

1-27
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Date Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-015EN

1-28
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date Setting (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Date Setting screen (9). 7

MDAA-01-122EN

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Year, Month or Day

and push selector knob (2).
9
9. Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust the clock. Rotate
clockwise to adjust the number upwards, and
counterclockwise to decrease it.
10
10. Push selector knob (2) to end the date setting procedure.
11. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (11). Push
selector knob (2) to make the change. 11

MDAA-01-123EN

MDAA-01-127EN

1-29
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Display Mode Setting
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-015EN

1-30
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7). 2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Display Form (8).

MDAA-01-228EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Display Form screen (9).

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date (10) and push 9
selector knob (2).
Time : Each time selector knob (2) is pushed, the time 10
format is changed as follows: 12 h  24 h  12 h.
Date : Each time selector knob (2) is pushed, the date
format is changed as follows: YYYY/MM/DD 
MM/DD/YYYY  DD/MM/YYYY  YYYY/MM/DD.

MDAA-01-229EN

MDAA-01-230EN

MDAA-01-231EN

MDAA-01-232EN

MDAA-01-233EN

MDAA-01-234EN

1-31
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Attachment Adjust
The supply flow rate to an attachment can be adjusted on the 1
Attachment Adjust screen.
The attachment adjustment can be done when the work
mode is set to an attachment other than the bucket. Select an
attachment other than the bucket on the work mode screen.
(Refer to "Work Mode".)

Flow Rate Adjustment

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
MDAA-01-001EN
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
2
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment Adjust
(6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-018EN

1-32
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Adjust
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Pump Flow Rate (8).

MJAA-01-006EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Pump Flow Rate screen

(9).
8. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise or counterclockwise 9
to adjust the pump flow rate.

MDAA-01-130EN

1-33
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Attachment Name Input

Attachment name can be changed on this screen. 1

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment Name
Input (6).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-016EN

1-34
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Name
Input screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired attachment
name (8).
7

MJAA-01-010EN
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Name Change screen
(9).
8. Rotate selector knob (2) right and left to highlight a 9
character, and push selector knob (2).
9. After inputting the new name, rotate selector knob (2)
to highlight "SET". Push selector knob (2) to finalize the
setting.

fNOTE: In order to delete the last entered character, turn

selector knob (2) to highlight "BS" (Back Space), and then push
selector knob (2). In order to delete all entered characters,
rotate selector knob (2) to highlight "ALL CLEAR". Push selector
knob (2). MDAA-01-137EN

MDAA-01-145EN

1-35
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Auto-Lubrication
Auto-lubrication interval (minutes) can be set. 1

Lubrication Interval Setting

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Auto-Lubrication
(6). MDAA-01-001

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAC-01-019EN

1-36
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Auto-Lubrication
screen (7). 2

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to select Lubrication Interval (8). MDAA-01-040

7. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise or counterclockwise

to set the interval. The interval time is set one minute
increment.
Adjustable Range 7
ZX470-5 class 6 to 250 minutes
8
ZX670-5 class 9 to 250 minutes
ZX870-5 class 11 to 250 minutes

fNOTE: The lubrication interval is set in 50 minutes for all

models at the factory.

MJAA-01-016EN

1-37
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Password Change (Optional)

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN

1-38
 OPERATOR’S STATION
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
5
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Password Change
(6). 6

MDAA-01-156EN
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Password Change
screen (7). 2

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-157EN

6. Input current password from the numeric keypad.

Current Password

MDAA-01-158EN

1-39
 OPERATOR’S STATION
7. Input the new password and push selector knob (2). 3 to
8 digits can be input for password.

MDAA-01-159EN

New Password

MDAA-01-160EN

1-40
 OPERATOR’S STATION
8. Input the new password again to confirm it and push
selector knob (2).

MDAA-01-161EN

MDAA-01-162EN

MDAA-01-040
9. The password has changed.

MDAA-01-163EN

1-41
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Sub Meter
A sub meter selection menu that can be added to the fuel 1
meter is selected on this screen. OFF and Breaker Hour Meter
are provided. The breaker hour meter indicates the breaker
Sub Meter
operation time.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
MDAA-01-315EN
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Sub Meter Selection
(6).
2

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-164EN

1-42
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Sub Meter Selection
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired sub meter

(8). (Selecting OFF will not display a sub meter.)
7
7. Press selector knob (2) to enable the changes.
8
f
NOTE: When a display is selected, the mark "" is displayed
in green. When not selected, the mark "" is displayed in gray.

MDCD-01-012EN

1-43
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Rear View Camera Monitor (Optional)

IMPORTANT: The image displayed on the rear view 1
monitor is meant only as an aid. Actual position
and distance of people and objects in the rear view
monitor will be different. When operating the machine,
pay thorough attention to the surrounding situation.

Rear View Camera ON/OFF

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4). MDAA-01-001EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Rear View Camera 2
Monitor (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-168EN

1-44
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Rear View Camera
Monitor screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Press selector knob (2) to turn the rear view camera

monitor ON/OFF.
7
7. When the rear view camera monitor is ON, rear view
image is continuously displayed on the basic screen.

IMPORTANT: In order to obtain a clear image, clean the

lens and the monitor display before operating the
machine.

fNOTE: The monitor and camera lens surface is a resin

product. Lightly wipe the surface with a wet clean cloth. Never
MDAA-01-169EN
use an organic solvent.

IMPORTANT:
 Never attempt to change the mounting position of
the rear view camera.
 Consult your authorized dealer if any abnormality is
found on the rear view image.

1-45
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Brightness Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Brightness 5
Adjustment (6).

MDAA-01-171EN

1-46
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Brightness Adjustment
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise to make the screen

brighter, counterclockwise to make the screen darker.
7

MDAA-01-172EN

fNOTE: When the light is turned ON, the monitor screen

changes to night mode and mark (8) is displayed. Brightness
can be adjusted for day mode and night mode respectively.

fNOTE: Even if the light is turned ON during daytime, you can

activate the daytime screen by pushing "0" (9) on the numeric
keypad.

MDAA-01-173EN

MDAA-01-018

1-47
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Language Settings
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen

(5).
5
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (6).

MDAA-01-176EN

1-48
 OPERATOR’S STATION

5. Press selector knob (2) to display screen

(7). 2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired

language. Press selector knob (2) to make the change.
7
fNOTE: When a display is selected, the mark "" is displayed
in green. When not selected, the mark "" is displayed in gray.

MDAA-01-177EN

1-49
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Lists of Display Language

Language Screen Display Language Screen Display

Japanese Indonesian

English Thai

Spanish Vietnamese

Italian Myanmarese

French Arabic

German Persian

Dutch Turkish

Russian Danish

Portuguese Estonian

Finnish Polish

Greek Icelandic

Swedish Croatian

Norwegian Slovak

Chinese (Simplified) Romanian

Chinese (Traditional) Bulgarian

Korean

1-50
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Unit Selection
Unit system displayed on the monitor can be selected in this 1
screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Unit Selection (6). 5

MDAA-01-181EN

1-51
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Unit Selection screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired unit system.
Press selector knob (2) to set the unit (Metric or US
system). 7

MDAA-01-182EN

7. Before changing °C and °F, turn the blower of the air

conditioner ON.
Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired unit system.
Press selector knob (2) to set the unit (°C or °F).
When pressing selector knob (2), "Wait." will be displayed
and then the change will be completed.

MDAA-01-183EN

MDAA-01-184EN

1-52
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF)

The display under the meters can be set to OFF (disable), Logo 1
or Operational information.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Display Item 5
Selection (6).

MDCD-01-018EN

1-53
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Display Item Selection
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired display (8).
Press selector knob (2) to set the image. (Selecting OFF
sets non-display.) 7

fNOTE: When a display is selected, the mark "" is displayed

in green. When not selected, the mark "" is displayed in gray.

MDAA-01-238EN

MDAA-01-239EN
Logo

MDAA-01-222EN
Operation Information

1-54
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Main Menu Sequence Change

Menu sequence of Air Conditioner, Radio, Work Mode, and 1
Mail can be changed in this screen. Frequently used menu can
be located on top of the screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN

1-55
 OPERATOR’S STATION
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Main Menu 5
Sequence Change (6).

MDAA-01-186EN

5. Press selector knob (2) to display Main Menu Sequence

Change screen (7). 2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight a menu to be on the

top of the screen. Press selector knob (2) to set the menu
to the top of the screen. 7

MDAA-01-187EN

1-56
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Information Menu
The information menu includes Operation, Maintenance, 1
Troubleshooting and Monitoring.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-191EN

1-57
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Operation
The Operation screen displays Breaker Operation, Attachment 1
Operation, Travel Operation, and Actual Operation menus. The
Breaker Operation screen displays breaker operating hours,
machine operating hours and operating rate from resetting
the monitoring unit. The Attachment Operation screen
displays total operating hours of front attachment, travel and
all operation from resetting the monitoring unit.

Breaker Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). MDAA-01-001EN

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4). 2
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN

1-58
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation Screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Breaker Operation

(8). 7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Breaker Operation
screen (9). 8

MDCD-01-013EN

Operating Time, Machine Operation Hours and Operation

Ratio can be checked in this screen. 9
Pushing selector knob (2) returns to the basic screen. To reset
the Operation Time and Machine Operation Hours data, rotate
selector knob (2) to highlight CLEAR (10), and then push
selector knob (2).

10

MDAA-01-197EN

1-59
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Attachment Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN

1-60
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment

Operation (8). 7

MDCD-01-014EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Operation

screen (9).
9

The attachment Operating Time can be checked in this

screen.
Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To
reset the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to
highlight CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).
10

MDAA-01-200EN

1-61
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Travel Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN

1-62
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Travel Operation (8).
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Travel Operation screen
(9). 7

MDCD-01-015EN

Total Travel Operation Time can be checked in this screen.

Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To
reset the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to 9
highlight CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).

10

MDAA-01-203EN

1-63
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Actual Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN

1-64
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Actual Operation
(8).
7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Actual Operation
screen (9).

MDCD-01-016EN
The actual Operating Time can be checked in this screen.
Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To
reset the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to 9
highlight CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).

fNOTE: The Operating Time includes travel operation hours

as well as all other operations.

10

MDAA-01-206EN

1-65
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Maintenance
The maintenance screen includes maintenance notice, 1
remaining hours until the next maintenance, and maintenance
intervals.

Maintenance Items
 Engine Oil
 Engine Oil Filter
 Hydraulic Oil
 Hydraulic Oil Pilot Filter
 Hydraulic Oil Full-Flow Filter
 Pump Transmission Oil (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)
MDAA-01-001EN
 Travel Device Oil
 Swing Device Oil
 Swing Bearing Grease 2
 Air Cleaner Filter
 Fuel Filter Change
 Air Conditioner Filter
 User Setting 1
 User Setting 2

Maintenance Notice
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu MDAA-01-040
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5). 3

4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance (6).

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-223EN

1-66
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Maintenance screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance Notice
(8).
7. Press selector knob (2) to turn the Maintenance 7
Notice ON. Press selector knob (2) again to turn the
Maintenance Notice OFF.

ON : When the required interval is reached, an

information message is displayed on the screen.
OFF : No notification message is displayed. 8

MDCD-01-023EN

fNOTE: When the required interval for an item is reached,

screen (9) is displayed for 10 seconds when the key is switched
ON. Press Return button to delete the notification. When
checking the maintenance items from the menu, an item
where the set time has been reached are marked with a
spanner (10).

MDAA-01-213EN

10

MDAA-01-214EN

1-67
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-223EN

1-68
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Maintenance screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight a maintenance item
to be checked (8). (In the right example, Engine Oil is
selected.) 7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display the time remaining for
the selected maintenance item. 8

MDAA-01-336EN
Resetting Data
To reset the remaining time data, rotate selector knob (2) to
highlight RESET (9), and then push selector knob (2).
The value of the remaining hours is reset to that of the
change interval. The previous change date/hour is updated
with the current date and time.

Maintenance Interval Setting

To change the maintenance interval, rotate selector knob (2)
9
to highlight (11), and then press selector knob (2).
The background color of Maintenance Interval (10) changes,
then turn selector knob (2) to adjust the time, and then
push selector knob (2) to enable the change.
MDAA-01-210EN

10

11

MDAA-01-212EN

1-69
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Monitoring
Engine speed and PM (particle matter) accumulation in the 1
muffler filter can be checked in this screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Monitoring (6). MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-220EN

1-70
 OPERATOR’S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Monitoring screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

MDCD-01-017EN

1-71
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Switch Panel
1 2
1- Return to Previous Screen
2- Return to Basic Screen 3
3- Selector Knob
4- Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch 4

5- AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch 6

6- AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch 5
7- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
7
8- Engine Control Dial
9- Auto-Idle Switch 8
10- Travel Mode Switch 13

11- Mode Switch 9

12- Work Light Switch
10
13- Wiper/Washer Switch
11
14- Numeric Keypad
12

14 MDAA-01-310

1-72
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor)
Push this switch to return to the previous screen.

MDAA-01-010

Return to Basic Screen (Monitor)

Allows any screen to return to the basic screen.

MDAA-01-011

Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor)

Push : Push this switch while the basic screen is displayed,
the menu screen opens.
Push this switch after the menu screen, the action
is confirmed.
Rotate : Cursor moves.
MDAA-01-012

Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch (Air

Conditioner)
Push : Air vent is selected.
Rotate : Setting the temperature.
MDAA-01-013

AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner)

Push : Push this switch while the air conditioner OFF, it
turns AUTO. Push this switch while operating the
air conditioner, it turns OFF.
Rotate : Adjusting the blower speed.

MDAA-01-015

1-73
 OPERATOR’S STATION
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio)
Push : AM/FM is selected.
Rotate : Adjusting radio frequency.

MDAA-01-014

Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio)

Push : Turns power ON/OFF.
Rotate : Adjusting the volume.

MDAA-01-016

Engine Control Dial

Fast Idle
Use engine control dial (1) to adjust engine speed.

The fully clockwise : Fast Idle

position 1
Counterclockwise : Slow Idle Slow Idle

M1U1-01-033

1-74
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Auto-Idle Switch
The auto-idle switch (2) sets the engine speed control mode
to either Auto-Idle ON or OFF.
2
 Auto-Idle Speed
When auto-idle selector (2) is turned to ON position, the
engine speed decreases to the idle after approximately 4
seconds at the state in which the work lever is turned to MDAA-01-017
neutral. 3
This function saves fuel consumption.
When the auto-idle mode is selected, auto-idle indicator (3)
on the monitor panel lights.

MDCD-01-020

Travel Mode Switch

Two travel modes, FAST and SLOW, are selected by turning
the travel mode switch to either position.

Mark (Fast Speed Mode)

Mark (Slow Speed Mode)
MBFM-01-003

1-75
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Mode Switch
Three engine speed modes, ECO, PWR, and H/P modes, are
selected by operating the mode switch.

MDAA-01-274
ECO (Economy) Mode
This mode slightly reduces the engine speed according to
the operating condition. Digging power is same as the PWR
mode. Although production is slightly reduced more than
in the PWR mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are
reduced, allowing the machine to operate efficiently.

PWR (Power) Mode

Operate the machine in this mode when performing normal
work.

H/P (High Power) Mode

Use H/P mode to increase production. The maximum power
of the machine can be utilized in this mode, increasing work
efficiency when more power is required than in the PWR
mode.
In the H/P mode, the engine speed changes depending on
load applied to the machine. The engine speed increases
when boom raise or arm roll-in operations with the engine
control dial is in H position.
H/P mode increases fuel consumption.

dWARNING: To ensure safety, be sure to turn the mode

switch to the ECO mode position before starting such
works as loading the machine on or off a trailer or
lifting a load with the front attachment, which may
result in personal accidents if the engine speed is
suddenly changed.

1-76
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Work Light Switch
Work light switch has the following positions.

1 Position : Work lights (1) (3) on the right side of the

machine and under the cab will light. Also, the
switch panel illumination will light.
MBFM-01-004
2 Position : Work light (2) mounted on the boom and work
light (1) on the right side of the machine and
work light (3) under the cab will light. At the
same time, the switch panel illumination will
light. The monitor changes to night mode.
OFF : Work lights (1), (2), (3) and the switch panel
illumination will turn off.
2
fNOTE:
 When the key switch is turned OFF while the work light
switch is in 2-position, the light turns ON for 30 seconds. 1
 Work light (3) is equipped only on ZX670-5 and 870-5 class
machines.

MJAA-01-003

1-77
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Wiper/Washer Switch
The wiper and the window washer are operated using the Middle
Fast
wiper/washer switch. Slow

 Wiper
Turn the wiper/washer switch to the specified position to
operate the wiper.

OFF Position The wiper stops and is retracted.

INT Position The wiper operates intermittently at the
interval selected by the switch position as
described below. INT has three positions of MBFM-01-005
operating speed as shown below.
INT (Slow): The wiper operates at 8-second interval.
Wiper
INT (Mid): The wiper operates at 6-second interval.
INT (Fast): The wiper operates at 3-second interval.
ON Position The wiper operates continuously.

fNOTE: When the front window (upper) is opened, the wiper

and washer will not operate. If the front window is opened
while operating the wiper, the wiper stops.

 Washer
Press and hold the wiper/washer switch to squirt washer
fluid onto the front window. When the wiper/washer switch
is pressed for more than 2 seconds, the wiper operates until
the switch is released. When the wiper/washer switch is
released, the wiper automatically retracts.
While operating the wiper in the INT mode, when the
wiper/washer switch is pressed, the wiper operation mode
is changed to the continuous operation mode.

fNOTE: The wiper motor protection control stops wiper

operation to prevent it from becoming immovable when
it operates long period of time under high load. When the M1U1-01-018
wiper stops, do not change the arm position and wait several
minutes until the wiper starts operation again.

1-78
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Numeric Keypad
Used for inputting password.
Press the numeric keypad of 1 to 8 while the radio is ON,
the radio station will switch to memorized channel of 1 to 8.
When the light is turned ON, the monitor changes to night
mode screen.
Even if the light is turned ON, you can activate the daytime
screen by pushing "0" on the numeric keypad.

MDAA-01-018

1-79
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) Optional Switch Armrest

Location Adjustment

fNOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending on

the kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using
the switches, make sure what kinds of optional devices are
equipped. Raise the armrest when operating the optional
switch. All available optional devices are shown below.

 Travel Alarm Deactivation

 Rear Work Light
 Swing Alarm
 Auto-Lubrication or Auto-Lubrication Selector
 Boom Mode
 Seat Heater
MDAA-01-327

Front

Rear MJAA-01-004

Switch Mounting Position Top View

1-80
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1) 1

The travel alarm buzzer sounds during travel operation.

When pushing the mark of travel alarm deactivation
switch (1), the travel alarm buzzer function is deactivated.

M1U1-01-035

2
Rear Light Switch (Optional) (2)
When rear light switch (2) is turned ON. The rear light at the
rear of the cab roof comes ON.

M1U1-01-009

Boom Mode Switch (3) 3

When boom mode switch (3) is turned ON, machine up
lifting at digging operation is controlled.
This mode controls uplifting of machine at digging
operation and reduces machine vibration. Machine can be
jacked up by turning OFF the switch when evacuating from
mud lake.
M1J1-01-020

IMPORTANT: Turn boom mode switch (3) OFF when

operating a breaker attachment. The chisel's strength
will weaken if the switch is left ON, becoming unable
to apply adequate impact.

4
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (4)
The swing alarm system sounds the buzzer and turns the
beacon light ON during swing operation.
When pushing the mark of swing alarm deactivation
switch (4), the swing alarm buzzer function is deactivated.

M1U1-01-036

1-81
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Auto-Lubrication Switch (5) 5

When auto-lubrication switch (5) is turned ON, the front

attachment is lubricated at specific intervals.

M1J1-01-018

6
Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (6)
When auto-lubrication selector switch (10) is set to AUTO,
the front attachment is lubricated at specific intervals.
When it is set to MANUAL, the front attachment can be
lubricated manually by using a grease gun connected to the
lubricator.
When the switch is turned OFF, the front attachment can M1J1-01-032
not be lubricated.

Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (7) 7

When seat heater switch (2) is turned ON, the heater warms
the sitting area. When the sitting area reaches specific
temperature, the heater stops heating.
d CAUTION: If you feel abnormal heat, there is a
possibility of getting low temperature burn injury.
Immediately stop the seat heater and consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer. M1U1-01-011

1-82
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Key Switch 1
2
1- OFF (Engine Off )
2- ACC (Horn, Radio etc.)
3
3- ON (Engine ON)
4- START (Engine Start) 4

MDAA-01-313

Power Boost Switch

Power boost switch (5) is provided on the top of the right
control lever.
While pressing power boost switch (5), the maximum digging
power is boosted within approximately 8 seconds to increase
work capacity. 5

MDAA-01-292

Horn Switch
Horn switch (6) is provided on the top of the left control lever.
The horn continuously sounds as long as the switch is pressed.
6

MDAA-01-293

1-83
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Cigar Lighter
Using Cigar Lighter 1
IMPORTANT: In case the cigar lighter does not pop out
automatically 30 seconds after pushing the cigar
lighter in, pull out the cigar lighter manually. Then,
consult the your nearest Hitachi dealer.

1. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position.

MDAA-01-313
2. Press and release the lighter knob.
3. The cigar lighter knob will return to the original position
when the lighter becomes usable. Pull the cigar lighter
out to use. Cigar Lighter

4. After using the cigar lighter, insert the cigar lighter into
the panel until the knob is seated in the original position.

Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power Source

Use the cigar lighter port to supply power to lighting
equipment for servicing the machine.

IMPORTANT:
 Only 24 V electric power is available from the
cigar lighter port on this machine. Never connect MDAA-01-297
accessories that use power other than 24 V. Damage
to the batteries and accessories may result.
 Do not supply power to accessories for a long time
without running the engine. Failure to do so may
discharge the batteries.

1. Pull the lighter knob out.

2. Correctly insert the accessory socket into the cigar
lighter port.
3. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position. Power is
supplied to the connected accessory.
4. After using the accessory, disconnect the accessory
socket and insert the cigar lighter into the port.

1-84
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Cab Light Switch 1

Push switch (1) on the cab light to turn the cab light ON.

ON Position : The cab light comes and stays ON.

(The light does not turn ON while the key
OFF.)
OFF Position : The light goes OFF.
Neutral : The room lamp lights on in conjunction with
the opening of cab door.
The lamp automatically goes off after 30
seconds.
(The light turns ON while the key switch is
OFF.) MDAA-01-305

MDAA-01-318

Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)

A fire extinguisher can be installed at the left rear corner inside
the cab. Consult your nearest HITACHI dealer to install a fire
extinguisher.

MDAA-01-319
Fire Extinguisher

1-85
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 1

Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent the

machine from being mistakenly operated when the operator is
getting on or off the machine.

dWARNING:
 Always pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) into the
full LOCK position. Unless front control lever lock (1)
is fully moved to the LOCK position, the front control
lever is not locked, possibly creating a hazardous
situation.
 When leaving the machine, always stop the engine. LOCK position MDAA-01-295
Then, pull the pilot control shut-off lever up to the
LOCK position. 1
 Always check to be sure that the pilot control shut-
off lever is pulled up to the LOCK position before
transporting the machine or leaving the machine at
the end of the shift.
 Confirm that the pilot control shut-off lever is in the
LOCK position before starting the engine. The engine
will not start in other than the LOCK position.

UNLOCK Position MDAA-01-296

1-86
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Handle (Emergency Engine Stop)

In case the engine does not stop even if the key switch is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, fully pull handle
(3) located at the front-left side of the seat stand to stop the
engine.

IMPORTANT: Stop the engine by pulling the handle in

case of emergency.
fNOTE: If handle (3) is pulled halfway, the fuel cutoff lever of
the governor is pulled, so the engine may not start. Also, even
if the engine starts, it may stop unexpectedly. Be sure to return
1 3 MDCD-01-002
handle (3) to the original position after operating it.

Engine Stop Switch (for Maintenance)

When carrying out engine cranking for air bleeding of
hydraulic pump, remove cover (1) located at the front-left
side of the seat stand and push switch (2) downward to
prevent the engine from starting.
After operating switch (2), be sure to return switch (2) back
to the upward position and install cover (1) in the original
position.

2 MDCD-01-001

1-87
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Fuse Box Fuse Box 1 Fuse Box 2

Fuse Box 1
10- CONTROLLER 20- OPTION3
5A 5A
9- BACKUP 19- HORN
10 A 10 A
8- ECF 18-
5A
7- START 17- POWER ON
5A 5A
6- OPTION2 16- GLOW. RELAY
20 A 5A
5- OPTION1 15- AUXILIARY MDAA-01-297
5A 10 A
4- SOLENOID 14- MONITOR
10 A 5A 10 20
3- HEATER 13- LIGHTER
20 A 10 A 9 19
2- WIPER 12- RADIO 8 18
10 A 5A 7 17
1- LAMP 11- EC MOTOR
6 16
20 A 10 A
5 15
4 14
Fuse Box 2 3 13
2 12
30- AUTO LUB. 40- SPARE
10 A 1 11
29- LIGHT1 39- SPARE
20 A
28- PCV 38- SPARE
15 A M1GR-01-003
27- AUXILIARY3 37- SPARE
5A
26- QUICK HITCH 36- SPARE
5A 40
30
25- IMOBI 35- LUBRICATOR
5A 10 A 29 39
24- 12V UNIT 34- AUXILIARY2 28 38
10 A 10 A 27 37
23- CAB LAMP REAR 33- WARNING LAMP
26 36
10 A 10 A
22- CAB LAMP FRONT 32- CAB LAMP FRONT+2 25 35
10 A 10 A 24 34
21- SEAT HEATER 31- SEAT COMPR. 33
23
10 A 10 A
22 32
21 31

M1GR-01-003

1-88
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Auto Air Conditioner

Features
 Full Auto-Temperature Control:
Automatically controls the cab temperature to maintain
the temperature set by the temperature control switch
regardless of outside air temperature and insolation.

 Max. Cooling and Heating:

Maximum cooling or heating can be obtained by rotating
the temperature control switch clockwise (32 °C) or
counterclockwise (18 °C) respectively.

 Preheating:
During preheating the cab in winter with the foot vent
selected, the air volume is reduced to Low until the coolant
temperature rises to prevent cool air from entering the cab.

1-89
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Components Name
1
1- Front Vent
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4- Rear Vent
5- Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch
6- AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch

fNOTE: Air flow direction can be changed by controlling the

louvers at all air vents except for foot vents (2). In addition,
the louvers on front vent (1) and defroster vent (3) can be MDAA-01-295
3 2
completely opened and closed by hand.

MDAA-01-289

MDAA-01-040

1-90
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Controller Part Name and Function
 Mode Switch (5)
Selects the air vent. The selected air vent is indicated on
monitor (7). 5

Air flows out of front vent and the defroster vents. 6

Air flows out of the front, rear and the defroster

vents.

Air flows out of the front, rear, foot and the

defroster vents.
MDAA-01-040
Foot Vent Mode

Each time mode switch (5) is pressed, the vent location can be
changed in four stages as illustrated below.

AUTO   

 When switch (6) is selected in AUTO:

The air vent location is automatically selected.

 Temperature Control Switch (5):

Sets temperature in the cab.
Temperature in the cab can be set from 18.0 to 32.0 °C by
rotating temperature control switch (5). Temperature can be
set by 0.5 °C increments.
The set-temperature is displayed on monitor (7).

MDAA-01-001EN
7

1-91
 OPERATOR’S STATION
 Blower Switch (6)
 When AUTO indicator (8) is ON, the blower speed is
automatically controlled.
5
 When AUTO indicator (8) is OFF, the blower speed is
controlled in 6 steps. 6
Rotate blower switch (6) clockwise to increase blower
speed. Rotate blower switch (6) counterclockwise to
decrease blower speed.
The monitor (7) indicates the corresponding blower fan
speed.

 AUTO/OFF Switch (6)

Push AUTO/OFF Switch (6) while the air conditioner OFF, it MDAA-01-040
turns AUTO. Press AUTO/OFF switch (6) while operating the
air conditioner, it stops operation.

MDAA-01-001EN
7

1-92
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Cab Heater Operation
1. AUTO switch (6):
According to signals sent from various sensors, the air
5
conditioner amplifier automatically selects the air flow-in
vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in temperature at 6
the vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Temperature Control Switch (5):
Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Control air temperature inside
cab using this switch as necessary.
3. As Necessary:
MDAA-01-040
 Operate Mode switch (5) to manually select the air vent.
 Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
 Operate the air conditioner setting screen on the
monitor to maintain the air vent in the fresh air mode or
circulation mode.

Usually the cab heater turns the dehumidifier function OFF,

however, it turns ON by switching the A/C to ON at the air
conditioner setting screen.

1-93
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Cooling Operation
1. AUTO switch (6):
5
Press AUTO switch (6) to set the air conditioner AUTO
mode. According to signals sent from various sensors, 6
the air conditioner amplifier automatically selects
the air flow-in vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in
temperature at the vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Temperature Control Switch (5):
Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Control air temperature inside
the cab using this switch as necessary. MDAA-01-040
3. As Necessary:
 Operate Mode switch (5) to manually select the air vent.
 Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
 Operate the air conditioner setting screen on the
monitor to maintain the air vent in the fresh air mode or
circulation mode.

In case the front window (lower) becomes clouded,

manually close the defroster vent (3). (It can be closed
manually.)

3 MDAA-01-295

1-94
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Defroster Operation
1. Press AUTO Switch (6) to blow out temperature-
controlled air. During cold weather season when 5
starting the engine, the engine coolant temperature
6
and air temperature in the cab are low. The Heater Start-
Operation Control System controls the blow rate to the
minimum (LO) in order to restrict cool air from flowing
into the cab.
2. Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Set the fresh air circulation
mode from air conditioner setting screen on the monitor.
3. Select the front vents or the front and rear vents MDAA-01-040
using mode switch (5).
1

Control air flow direction by adjusting the louvers at the

front vent (1) and the defroster vent (3).

Control air temperature in the cab by using temperature

control switch (5).
If the windowpanes become clouded in rainy season or
wanted to eliminate moisture, turn A/C to ON at the air
conditioner screen on the monitor.

Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation

Cool and warm air is simultaneously supplied to the head MDAA-01-295
3
vents and feet vents respectively.

1. Press blower switch (6) to adjust the blower speed.

2. Press mode switch (5) to display the mark on the
monitor.
Turn A/C ON from the air conditioner setting screen on
the monitor.

Control air temperature inside the cab by using temperature

control switch (5).

1-95
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage

Air Conditioner Sensor
For Rapid Cooling
Temperature in the cab may rise over 80 °C (176 °F) when
the machine is exposed to sun light in the summer.
In this case, ventilate air in the cab first by opening the
windows for rapid cooling.
After starting the engine, press AUTO switch (6). Set
temperature to "18.0" on the monitor by using temperature
control switch (5). Turn circulation mode ON from air
conditioner setting screen on the monitor.
Close the window when the cab cools down to the ambient
temperature.
MDAA-01-292

When Windows Become Clouded

If the insides of the windows become clouded during rainy
weather or on humid days, operate the air conditioner to aid
in keeping the windows clear.
When the atmosphere is very damp, and if the air
conditioner has run excessively, the outside of the windows
may become clouded. If this happens, turn off the air
conditioner to adjust the temperature in the cab.

Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance

To protect each part of the compressor from a lack of
lubricant, operate the air conditioner at least once a month
for several minutes with the engine running at a slow speed
during off-season.

IMPORTANT:
 Do not suddenly increase the engine speed. Failure
to do so may damage the compressor.
 Refer to the item "Check Air Conditioner Filter" in
the Maintenance Section for maintenance of the air
conditioner filters.
 Always clean the auto air conditioner sensor for
effective air conditioner performance. Avoid placing
any obstructions around the sensor.

1-96
 OPERATOR’S STATION

AM/FM Radio Operation

dCAUTION: Refrain from listening to the radio in the

cab while operating the machine 3 1

Controls on the Radio 2

1- AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch

"FM" and "AM" are switched over alternately each time
the switch is pressed. Rotate the tuning knob clockwise
to increase frequency, counterclockwise to decrease
frequency.
MDAA-01-040
2- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
Push: Turns power ON/OFF. Turn the volume control 4
knob clockwise to increase the sound volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease the sound volume.

Tuning Procedure
 Manual Tuning Procedure
Rotate tuning switch (1) until the desired station is
reached.

 Automatic Search Function

MDAA-01-001EN
1. Press selector knob (3) while displaying basic screen (4)
to display main menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight Radio (6).
Press selector knob (3) to display the radio screen. 5
Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight seek (8). Push
selector knob (3) to go to the next higher frequency
station. Press selector knob (3).
6
Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight seek (7). Push
selector knob (3) to go to the next lower frequency
station. Press selector knob (3).

MDAA-01-092EN

7
8

MDAA-01-095EN

1-97
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Station Presetting Procedure
Setting from Monitor
1. Select the desired station. Refer to the "Tuning
Procedure" in the previous section. 1
2. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (2)
to display main menu screen (3). Rotate selector knob (1)
to highlight radio (4).
3. Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight a CH to preset a
station. (CH1 to CH8)
5. Press and hold selector knob (1) for more than 1 second.
The current station is preset to the selected CH.

Setting from numeric keypad

7
1. Select the desired station. Refer to the "Tuning
Procedure" in the previous section.
MDAA-01-310
2. Press and hold one numeric keypad (1 to 8) for more 2
than 1 second. The current station is preset to the
selected number of CH.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-093EN

1-98
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Station Auto-Presetting Procedure
Receivable stations can be automatically sought and preset 1
to the memory.
1. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (2)
to display main menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight Radio (4).
Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (5).
3. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight AUTO PRESET (6).
4. Press selector knob (1) to start AUTO PRESET process.
The AUTO PRESET scans reception frequency, allocate
sought stations to CH1 to CH8 from sensitive station. AM MDAA-01-040
will be preset to CH1 to 4, FM will be preset to CH5 to 8.
Operating the radio during scan stops the AUTO PRESET.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-099EN

1-99
 OPERATOR’S STATION
TONE Control
1
1. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (3)
to display main menu screen (4). 2
2. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight Radio (5).
Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (6).
3. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight TONE (7).
4. Press selector knob (1) to adjust TONE control. Rotate
selector knob (1) clockwise to boost treble. Rotate
selector knob (1) counterclockwise to boost bass. Press
selector knob (1) to enable the changes. MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-096EN

1-100
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Audio Input (Optional)

IMPORTANT: This function is available only to a machine
equipped with an audio input (optional). Use this
1
function with proper sound volume.
2
Audio Input Selection
Attach the audio input (optional) device and push AM/FM
Switch/Tuning Switch (1) to display AM and FM screen as
well as AUX input screen (3).

Connecting Audio Device

MDAA-01-040
By removing AUX IN Cap (4), the audio input terminal
appears.
Connect your audio device to the audio input terminal of
the machine with your audio cable.

IMPORTANT: Use Φ3.5 mm stereo plug for the connection

of audio input terminal.

IMPORTANT: Put AUX IN cap (4) when the audio input is

not in use.

3
Volume Control of Audio Device
Turn the volume down to the minimum beforehand, and MDAA-01-340
then turn volume control knob (2) clockwise to adjust the
volume.

IMPORTANT: If volume control knob (2) has been set to

the maximum, you will hear an overwhelming sound;
so set the volume control knob to the minimum first
and then turn it clockwise to increase it. Adjust the
volume knob on the audio device if the sound is too 4
low even volume control knob (2) is set at top.

IMPORTANT: Operate your audio device to play or stop

the sound.

MDAA-01-341

1-101
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Cab Door Release Lever

dCAUTION:
 Open the cab door all the way until it securely locks
in the latch on the side of the cab.
 Do not unlock the cab door when the machine is
parked on a slope or while the wind is blowing hard.
The cab door may close accidently, possibly resulting
in personal injury.
 When opening or closing the cab door, take extra
care not to catch fingers between the base machine
and the cab door.

1 MDAA-01-320
To unlock the door, push down on lever (1).

1-102
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside

Window

dWARNING: 1

 Open, close or remove the upper-front cab window,

overhead window, cab door window or lower-front
window only after lowering the front attachment
to the ground and pulling up pilot control shut-off
lever (1) to the LOCK position. Failure to do so may
allow the machine to move unexpectedly if a control
lever or pedal is touched with a part of the body
by mistake, possibly resulting in personal injury or
death.
 Park the machine on a level and solid ground and
stop the engine before opening and closing the
upper front window. MDAA-01-295

 To open the upper front window, hold the window by

hands, hold it until the window is locked.
 When closing the window, it may accidently fall by
its own weight. Hold the window by hands until it is
completely closed. Since the window stops before
it completely closes, do not operate the machine at
the position with the window being stopped. The
window is not locked at that position, having the
possibility of suddenly dropping.

1-103
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Opening/Closing Upper Front Window (ZX470-

5G, 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)
Opening/Closing Upper Front Window
1. Press lock release lever (1) at the upper center to release
the upper front window lock. 1
2
2. Holding lock release lever (1) at the upper center and
lower handle on the upper front window, pull the upper
front window up and back until it securely catches into
auto locks (3).
3. After confirming that the window securely catches into
auto locks (3), slide lock pin (2) into the left bracket boss M1U1-01-028
hole to lock the window in position.
Front Window Close Front Window Close
fNOTE: When the upper front window is opened, the wiper LOCK Position UNLOCK Position
and washer are inoperable.

dCAUTION:
 Slowly close the upper front window so that not to
catch your fingers. Upper Front Window Suspended Position

 Always secure lock pin (2) in the lock position after

the upper front window is opened.

4. To close the upper front window, by following the steps

1 to 3 in the reverse order. The window stops before it
completely closes, so close the front window by pushing MDAA-01-328
release lever (1) upward.
Push release lever (1) downward to release auto lock (3).

fNOTE: Unless the upper front window is securely closed, the

wiper and washer will not operate.
2

3 MDAA-01-306

1-104
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Removing and Storing Lower Front Window

(ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-
5G)

dCAUTION: Take care not to pinch yours fingers when

handling the lower front window.

Removing and Storing Lower Front Window

1. Open the upper front window beforehand when
removing the lower front window.
2. While pulling the lower front window inward, raise it to
remove.
MDAA-01-298
3. Store the removed windowpane in the storing position.
4 1
After inserting the windowpane into rubbers (2 and 3),
slide it sideways securely into rubber (4). Then, push
fastener (1) to lock.

3
2

MDAA-01-299

1-105
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Opening Side Windows 1

Hold handle (1) and slide rear pane to open the side window.

Side Window M178-01-061

1-106
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Opening/Closing Overhead Window (ZX470-5G, 1

470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)
Move lock levers (1) toward center of window. Hold handle
(2) and lift window until it rises upright. With the window
positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers
(3).
Hold handle (2) and pull window down until "click" sound is
heard from left and right locks (1).
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency
exit.

2
MDAA-01-302

MDAA-01-303

1-107
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear 1

Hatch: If Equipped)
Move lock levers (1) toward center of window. Hold handle
(2) and lift window until it rises upright. With the window
positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers
(3).
Hold handle (2) and pull window down until "click" sound is
heard from left and right locks (1).
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency
exit.

IMPORTANT:
 Replace the clear hatch with a new one every 5
2
years even if undamaged. In case it was remarkably MDAA-01-302
damaged or has received severe shock loads, replace
it even if it has been not in use for 5 years.
 When cleaning the clear hatch, use a neutral
detergent.
If acidic or alkaline detergent is used, the clear hatch 3
may become discolored or crack.
 Keep organic solvent away from the clear hatch.
Failure to do so may cause the clear hatch to become
discolored or crack.

MDAA-01-303

1-108
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Emergency Exit
1
Escape from the cab in emergency in the following methods:

dCAUTION: The danger of downfall is always present

when escaping from the cab in emergency, possibly
resulting in serious personal injury. Escape from the
cab as safely as possible, depending on the posture of
machine and the outside situation.

1. Open the cab door. Escape through the door.

2. If the cab door should be difficult to open or use, open
the upper front window. Escape through the window.

fNOTE: Emergency exit decals (2) are affixed to the front and
MDAA-01-321

rear windows. See page "OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW"

for the opening method of the upper front window.

dCAUTION: If decal (3) is affixed to the front window

glass, the glass can be broken. However if decal (3) is
not affixed to the front window glass, the glass cannot
be broken with emergency evacuation hammer (1).
Take care not to be injured with pieces of broken glass.

3. If upper front window should be difficult to open, check 3 2

the decal (3) affixed to the window glass.
If decal (3) is affixed to the front window glass, break the
front window glass using the emergency evacuation tool M1U4-01-012
(1) installed the cab left side. Then escape through the 3 2
broken window.
4. If decal (3) is not affixed to the front window glass, or if
the front window is not available for escaping, break the
rear window glass using the emergency evacuation tool
(1). Then escape through the broken window.
5. If neither of front and rear windows is available for
emergency exit, open the overhead window to escape
from the cab.

MDAA-01-322

1-109
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Adjusting the Seat

dWARNING: Adjust the seat only after lowering the

front attachment on the ground and pulling up the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Failure to do so may allow the machine to move
unexpectedly if a control lever or pedal is touched with
a part of the body by mistake, possibly resulting in
personal injury or death.
1
6
Backrest Adjustment
5
Pull up lever (1) to release backrest lock. Move backrest to 2
the desired position. Move backrest to the desired position
and release lever (1).
7 7
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment
Pull lever (2) to slide the seat. Seat fore-aft adjustment range
is 190 mm with steps every 10 mm. Release the lever at any
position, and check that the backrest is locked.

4 3 MJAA-01-015

Weight Adjustment
Adjust the weight support to protect operator's body.
Rotate lever (3) (scale unit: 10 kg) to adjust the weight
support to the operator's weight.
Adjustable Range: 50 kg to 130 kg

Height Adjustment
Lift both side bottom (7) of the entire seat to the desired
height using your entire body force. After a click (locking) M4GB-01-101
sound is heard, slowly release the seat. After the seat is lifted
to the highest position beyond the adjustable range, it is
possible to lower the seat to the lowest position. The seat
height can be set in 4 steps in the 80 mm range between
the highest and lowest positions.

1-110
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Console and Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment 1
6
Operate console slide lever (4) to adjust the seat and both
right and left consoles to desired distance from the travel 5
pedals and levers. Seat and console fore-aft adjustment 2
range is 160 mm with steps every 20 mm.

4 3 MJAA-01-015

Seat Depth Adjustment

The fore/after position of only the seat surface can be 5
changed. While pulling up lever (5) provided in the front the
seat, slide the seat in the front or rear direction to adjust the
seat depth up to 60 mm by 15 mm interval.

M4GB-01-094

Inclination Adjustment
The inclination of the seat surface can be changed. While
pulling up lever (6) provided in the front of the seat, press or
release the seat surface to adjust the inclination of the seat
surface from 3° to 11° in 4 steps. 6
A : 3°
B : 2.5 °

M4GB-01-093

Armrest Adjustment
Armrest (8) can be pulled upright by hand 100°. Pull the
armrest upward when getting on and off the machine. The 8
angle of armrest (8) can be adjusted to the desired position
by turning adjusting dial (9) located on the bottom of 9
armrest (8).

M1G6-01-017

1-111
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Adjusting Operator's Seat (Air Suspension Type)

(Optional)

dWARNING: Adjust the seat only after lowering the

front attachment on the ground and pulling up the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Failure to do so may allow the machine to move
unexpectedly if a control lever or pedal is touched with
a part of the body by mistake, possibly resulting in
personal injury or death.

Adjusting Seat Height 8

IMPORTANT: The seat is an air suspension type.
6 7

Pull lever (1) upward to fill air and raise the seat. Push lever 4
(1) downward to release air and lower the seat. When the
seat is properly adjusted for your weight, indicator (2) is in
5
the green zone.

4
Console and Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment
Operate console and seat slide lever (3) to adjust the seat MDAA-01-333
3 1 2
and both right and left consoles to desired distance from
the travel pedals and levers. Seat and console fore-aft
adjustment range is 160 mm (4.7 in) with steps every 20 mm
(0.8 in).

Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment

Operate seat slide lever (4) to adjust the seat to desired
distance from the travel pedals and levers. Seat fore-aft
adjustment range is 190 mm with steps every 10 mm.

Suspension Adjustment
Rotate knob (5) to adjust the suspension.
Rotate knob (5) clockwise to decrease suspension stiffness.
Rotate knob (5) counterclockwise to increase suspension
stiffness.

1-112
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Seat Depth Adjustment
6
The fore/after position of only the seat surface can be
changed. While pulling up lever (6) provided in the front the
seat, slide the seat in the front or rear direction to adjust the
seat depth up to 60 mm by 15 mm interval.

M4GB-01-094

Inclination Adjustment
The inclination of the seat surface can be changed. While
pulling up lever (7) provided in the front of the seat, press or
release the seat surface to adjust the inclination of the seat
surface from 3 ° to 11 ° in 4 steps.
7
A : 3°
B : 2.5 °

M4GB-01-093

Backrest Adjustment 8
Pull up lever (8) to release backrest lock. Move backrest to
the desired position. Move backrest to the desired position
and release lever (8).

MDAA-01-333

Armrest Adjustment
Armrest (9) can be pulled upright by hand 100°. Pull the
armrest upward when getting on and off the machine. The 9
angle of armrest (9) can be adjusted to the desired position
by turning adjusting dial (10) located on the bottom of 10
armrest (9).

M1G6-01-017

1-113
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Console Height Adjustment

Adjust the console height to the operator's comfort and/or
work conditions.
Adjusting console height can be achieved using three
positions provided vertically at 20 mm intervals.

dCAUTION: Before loosening the console, support the

console. Otherwise, the console may suddenly drop,
possibly causing personal injury.

Adjusting Procedures 1

1. Lower the bucket to the ground. Stop the engine.

2. Move the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
3. Remove left and right console holding bolts (1). Loosen
bolts (2) to adjust the console height.
4. After adjusting, tighten bolts (1) and (2).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

2 M1U1-01-030

1-114
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors

dWARNING: Adjust the mirrors before operating the

machine. Improper adjustment of the mirrors provides
poor visibility, which may cause serious human injury
or death.

IMPORTANT: The image displayed on the rear view

monitor is meant only as an aid. When operating the
machine, pay thorough attention to the surrounding
situation.

Adjust the mirrors so that persons standing within 1 m from

the machine (or object with height of 1.5 m and 30 cm in
diameter) can be recognized from the operator's seat.

1 m-Vicinity Visibility
The right illustration indicates the visibility from the 1m
operator's seat at 1.5 m high from the ground and 1 m apart
from the outer edge of the machine. The hatched areas
shown in the illustration are interrupted from visibility by
the section of the machine equipped with the side and rear
view mirrors.
Clear all persons and obstacles away from the area of
operation and machine movement. 1m

IMPORTANT: If machine modification results in

restricting visibility, the area interrupting the visibility
may change. Recheck the visibility from the operator's
seat 1.5 m high from the ground and 1 m apart from
the outer edge of the machine. MJAA-00-003

1-115
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Seat Belt
2 1
d WARNING:
 Be sure to use seat belt (1) when operating the
machine.
 Before operating the machine, be sure to examine
seat belt (1) and attaching hardware for any failure. If
any damage and/or wear are found, replace the part
concerned.
 Replace seat belt (1) every 3 years regardless of
appearance.

Seat Belt M1U1-01-031

1. Confirm that seat belt (1) is not twisted. Securely insert 2 1

the end of seat belt (1) into buckle (2). Lightly pull on the
belt to confirm that the buckle latches securely.
2. Push button (3) on buckle (2) to unfasten seat belt (1).

Replace the seat belt if they are damage or worn, or if the

seat belt had external damaged such as an accident.

3
M1U1-01-032

1-116
 OPERATOR’S STATION

Battery Disconnect Switch (Optional)

IMPORTANT: Never attempt to turn the battery
disconnect switch OFF while engine running or the key
switch is not in the OFF position. Failure to do so may
damage the electrical system.

The battery disconnect switch is different from the engine

start key switch. When the battery disconnect switch is turned
OFF, the electrical system will completely be isolated from the
battery. No current will flow through entire electrical system.
ZX470-5 class MJAC-01-050
Be sure to turn the key switch OFF and wait for 1 minute
or more after the engine stops before turning the battery
disconnect switch OFF. Failure to do so may damage the
electrical system of the machine. Also, when the battery
disconnect switch is turned OFF to ON, the radio set channel
and/or clock may be reset. In that case, set them again.

Use the battery disconnect switch only for the following

purposes.
 Before maintaining and repairing the electrical system
 Before storing the machine for long period (Battery
discharge prevention)
 Before carrying out welding operation on the machine
 Before replacing the batteries ZX670-5 class MJAC-01-051

ZX870-5 class MJAC-01-052

OFF

ON

Battery Disconnect Switch MJAC-01-053

1-117
 OPERATOR’S STATION
Switch Operation
1. When lever (1) is in a transverse direction, battery 2
disconnect switch (2) turns ON. Lever (1) can not be
removed when lever (1) is in a transverse direction.
2. When lever (1) is turned counterclockwise and is in a
vertical position, battery disconnect switch (2) turns OFF.
Lever (1) can be removed from battery disconnect switch
(2) when it is in the OFF position.
3. Insert lever (1) remove from switch (2) into hole (3) of the
ON
holder.
1
Battery Disconnect Switch ON MJAC-01-053

OFF

Battery Disconnect Switch OFF MJAC-01-054

3
1

ZX470-5 class MJAC-01-055

ZX670-5, 870-5 class MJAC-01-056

1-118
 BREAK-IN

Observe Engine Operation Closely

IMPORTANT: Be extra cautious during the first 50 hours,
until you become thoroughly familiar with the sound
and feel of your new machine.

1. Operate the machine only in economy (ECO) mode and

limit the engine horsepower up to about 80 % of full
load.
2. Avoid excess engine idling.
3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently during
operation.

Every 10 Hours or Daily

1. Perform 10-hour or daily service. (See Maintenance
guide -- 10 hours.)
2. Watch for fluid leaks.
3. Lubricate working tool pivots every 10 hours for the first
50 hours, and every 10 hours when working in mud and
water.

After the First 50 Hours

1. Perform 50-hour service. (See Maintenance guide -- 50
hours.)
2. Check accessible hardware torque. (See Hardware Torque
Specifications in Maintenance chapter.)

After the First 100 Hours

Perform 50-hour and 100-hour service. (See Maintenance
Guide -- 50 hours and 100 hours.)

2-1
 BREAK-IN

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-2
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting

Perform the required daily check before starting the engine.

 Refer to "Maintenance" section for detailed information.

Check Points Check Points
1. Level and contamination of engine oil and coolant 1. Sag, wear and break of crawler

Undercarriage
2. Starting easiness, exhaust gas color, and noise 2. Oil leaks and wear on upper/lower rollers and front
idlers
3. Oil and water leaks, damage to hoses and pipe 3. Oil leaks from travel devices
Engine

lines
4. Clogging and damage to radiator, oil cooler and 4. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts
intercooler 1. Check cylinders, pipe lines and hoses for oil leaks and
damages.
5. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 2. Wear and damage of the bucket
1. Fuel level, leaks and contamination of fuel in tank 3. Check bucket teeth for looseness, wear and missing
Working Device

2. Hydraulic oil level, leaks and contamination of 4. Lubrication state of the working device
hydraulic oil tank
3. Movement, play and operating force of all control 5. Check for pin anti-extraction pins, stoppers, rings and
levers bolts for damage
4. Operation of all hydraulic components, oil leaks
Upperstructure

and damage to pipe lines and hoses

5. Deformation, break and abnormal noise of upper 6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts
structure
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 1. Operation of instruments, switches, lights and buzzer/
horn
Others

7. Washer Fluid 2. Function of parking brake

3. Deformation and break of head guard
4. Abnormal outside appearance of machine
5. Wear and damage of the seat belt

3-1
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Before Starting Engine 1

1. If your machine is equipped with the battery disconnect

switch, check that the switch is in the ON position.
2. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
3. Confirm that all control levers are placed in neutral.
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position. Press and
hold switch (3) with the engine stopped.
The engine oil indicator (4) and coolant level (5) must be
displayed in green.
5. Adjust the seat to allow full pedal and control levers LOCK position MDAA-01-295
stroke with operator's back against the backrest. Fasten
the seat belt.

fNOTE: The monitor surface is a resin product. When the

surface becomes dusty, lightly wipe the surface with a wet 2
cloth. Never use an organic solvent.
IMPORTANT: The monitor equipped on this machine does
not perfectly assure the condition of the machine.
Do not rely only on the monitor display for checking
the machine conditions; visually check them yourself
periodically such as oil level. Refer to the Maintenance
section. MDAA-01-313

MDAA-01-040

4 5

MJAC-03-001

3-2
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Starting the Engine 1

Starting the Engine in Ordinary Temperature

1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to the slow idle position.
3. Sound horn to alert bystanders
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position.
5. "Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)" is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-
off lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked
during this moment. LOCK Position MDAA-01-295

6. When the password input screen is displayed on the

monitor, input the password. Unless the TEN-key
function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen
is not displayed. 2

IMPORTANT: When required to activate the numeric

keypad function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.

Slow Idle

3
MDAA-01-313 M1U1-01-033

Password Input Screen MDAA-01-085EN

3-3
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

fNOTE: When the key switch is turned ON, the maintenance

notification (4) for the item whose maintenance interval has
expired displays for ten seconds. Press Return switch (5) or
turn the pilot shut-off lever to UNLOCK position while the rear
view camera is enable to delete the notification.

8. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. Check 4

that the preheat indicator (6) is OFF at this time.
9. Turn key switch (2) to START position to rotate the
starter. The engine will start.
IMPORTANT: Never operate the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If engine fails to start, return key MDAA-01-213EN
switch to OFF. Wait for more than 30 seconds, then
try again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the 5
starter and/or discharging the batteries.

10. Release key switch (2) immediately after the engine has
started. Key switch (2) will automatically return to ON
position.

fNOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction.

MDAA-01-040

Basic Screen MDAA-01-042EN

3-4
 OPERATING THE ENGINE
Starting in Cold Weather
1
Preheating
1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to around the middle
between the L and H position.
3. Sound the horn to alert bystanders.
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position.
5. "Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)" is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-
off lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked
LOCK position MDAA-01-295
during this moment.
6. When the password input screen is displayed on the
monitor, input the password. Unless the TEN-key
function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen 2
is not displayed.
IMPORTANT: When required to activate the numeric
keypad function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
Slow Idle

3
MDAA-01-313 M1U1-03-003

Password Input Screen MDAA-01-085EN

3-5
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

fNOTE: When the key switch is turned ON, the maintenance

notification (4) for the item whose maintenance interval has
expired displays for ten seconds. Press Return switch (5) or
turn the pilot shut-off lever to UNLOCK position while the rear
view camera is enable to delete the notification.

7. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. 4

The machine will automatically check if preheating is
required or not. When preheating is required, preheat
indicator (6) is lit for automatically.

fNOTE: In case, preheat indicator (6) does not come ON,

preheating is not required. Follow the "Starting the Engine in MDAA-01-213EN
Ordinary Temperature" section.
5
8. As soon as preheat indicator (6) goes OFF, turn key
switch (2) to START position to rotate the starter.
IMPORTANT: Never operate the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If engine fails to start, return key
switch to OFF. Wait for more than 30 seconds, then
try again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the
starter and/or discharging the batteries.

9. Release key switch (2) immediately after the engine has

started. Key switch (2) will automatically return to ON
position.

fNOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the MDAA-01-040
engine start, this is not a malfunction.
6

Basic Screen MDAA-01-042EN

3-6
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Check Instruments After Starting

Checking instruments through monitor functions
After starting the engine, check the following points
through the monitor functions. 1

1. Check that discharge warning indicator (1) is OFF. In case

discharge warning indicator (1) stays ON, immediately 2
stop the engine. Inspect the alternator and battery
system for any abnormality.
2. Check that low engine oil pressure indicator (2) is OFF
and the alarm buzzer does not sound.
In case low engine oil pressure indicator (2) stays ON and
the buzzer sounds, immediately stop the engine. Inspect
the engine oil pressure system and the oil level.
MJAC-03-002
IMPORTANT: In case any abnormality is found on the
monitor unit, immediately stop the engine. Inspect the
cause of the trouble.

Check engine noise and exhaust gas color:

Check that the engine noise and exhaust gas color is
normal.
f NOTE: Check the exhaust gas color as follows. (After warm-
up operation, run the engine with no loads.)
Clear : Normal (Perfect combustion)
Black : Abnormal (Incomplete combustion)
White : Abnormal (Blowing-by)

fNOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction.

3-7
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Using Booster Batteries

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 24 volt
negative (-) ground. Use only 24 volt booster batteries
with sufficient capacity.

d WARNING:
 An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in
use or being charged. Keep open flames and sparks
away from the battery area. Do not continue to use
or charge the battery when electrolyte level is lower
than specified. Explosion of the battery may result.
SA-032
 Park the machine and a machine with the booster
batteries on a dry or concrete surface, not on steel
plates. If the machine is parked on steel plates,
dangerous sparks may be unexpectedly created on
the machine.
 Never connect a positive terminal to a negative
terminal, as a dangerous short circuit will occur.

When the machine batteries are exhausted, start the engine

using booster batteries as shown below.

Connecting the booster batteries

1. Stop the engine of the machine on which booster
batteries are mounted.
2. Connect one end of red cable (1) to the positive (+)
terminal of the machine batteries, and the other end to
the positive (+) terminal of the booster batteries. 1 Connect First

3. Connect one end of black cable (2) to the negative (–)

terminal of the booster batteries, and then make ground (Red)
connection to the frame of the machine to be started
with the other end of black (–) cable (2). In the last
connection to frame, sparks may fly. Be sure to connect
the cable end as far away from the machine batteries as
possible.
4. After securely connecting the booster cables, start the
Booster Batteries Machine Batteries
engine of the machine on which booster batteries are
mounted. (Black)

5. Start the engine of the troubling machine. To Upperstructure Frame of the Machine
2
6. After the engine starts, disconnect cables (2) and (1), Connecting the booster batteries M104-03-002
following the procedure below.

3-8
 OPERATING THE ENGINE
Disconnecting the booster cables 1

1. Disconnect black negative (-) cable (2) from the machine

frame first. (Red)

2. Disconnect the other end of black negative (-) cable (2)

from the booster batteries.
3. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the booster
batteries.
4. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the machine
batteries. Booster Batteries Machine Batteries

(Black)
To Upperstructure Frame of the Machine
2 Disconnect Booster Cable from
Frame First
M104-03-002
Disconnecting the booster cables

3-9
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Stopping the Engine

Engine stop procedure
1. Except for special cases, before stopping the engine,
lower the bucket to the ground.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (3) to LOCK position.
3. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position and
run the engine for 5 minutes to cool the engine. SA-390
3

IMPORTANT: If the engine equipped with a turbocharger

is stopped without first performing the cool down
operation, the lubricant on the turbocharger bearing
surfaces may desiccate due to the intense heat present
inside the turbocharger, possibly causing damage to
the turbocharger.

4. Turn key switch (2) OFF to stop the engine.

If the engine does not stop, even if the key switch is

turned to the OFF position. (Emergency Stop) MDAA-01-295

In case the engine does not stop even if the key switch is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, fully pull handle
(4) located at the front-left side of the seat stand to stop the 1
engine.
Slow Idle
IMPORTANT: Stop the engine by pulling the handle in
case of emergency.
fNOTE: If handle (4) is pulled halfway, the fuel cutoff lever of
the governor is pulled, so the engine may not start. Also, even M1U1-01-033
if the engine starts, it may stop unexpectedly. Be sure to return 2
handle (4) to the original position after operating it.

MDAA-01-313

4 MDCD-01-002

3-10
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Drive the Machine Carefully
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, park machine on
a hard surface to prevent tracks from freezing to the
ground. Clean debris from tracks and track frame.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise tracks using
boom, move machine carefully to prevent damage to
drive train and tracks.

Select a route that is as flat as possible. Steer machine

as straight as possible making small, gradual changes in
direction.

When driving over rough terrain, reduce the engine speed to

lessen possibility of undercarriage damage.

f NOTE: An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of

Arrow-mark
the side frame to indicate the machine front direction. M178-03-001

4-1
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Steering the Machine Using Pedals

didlers
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
are positioned at the front of the machine and Cab
Front Idler

the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are

positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel pedals will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.

 FORWARD TRAVEL
Push down on front (A) of both pedals. Travel Motor
 REVERSE TRAVEL M104-01-038
Push down on rear (B) of both pedals.
 NEUTRAL POSITION (C)
When the travel pedals are placed in neutral, travel brakes
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
 RIGHT TURN
Push down on front of left pedal.
 LEFT TURN
A
Push down on front of right pedal. D
 SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push down the front of one pedal and the rear of the A C
other. B
D
C
f NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D) B
and rest feet on the footrests. M104-04-009 M104-04-003
Forward and Reverse

M104-04-010 M104-04-005
Pivot Turn

M104-04-011 M104-04-007
Spin Turn

4-2
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Steering the Machine Using Levers

didlers
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
are positioned at the front of the machine and Cab
Front Idler

the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are

positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel levers will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.

 FORWARD TRAVEL
Push both levers forward (A). Travel Motor
 REVERSE TRAVEL M104-01-038
Pull both levers rearward (B). A
 NEUTRAL POSITION (C) A
When the travel levers are placed in neutral, travel brakes C
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
 RIGHT TURN C
B
Push left lever forward. B
 LEFT TURN
Push right lever forward. D
 SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push one lever forward and pull the other rearward.
D
f NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D)
and rest feet on the footrests.
M104-04-009 M104-04-003
Forward and Reverse

M104-04-010 M104-04-005
Pivot Turn

M104-04-011 M104-04-007
Spin Turn

4-3
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Travel Mode Switch

dpersonal
WARNING: Tipping-over accidents can cause serious
injury. Do not change travel mode switch (1)
while traveling; especially, changing to fast mode (2)
when descending slopes will create a very dangerous
situation. Always stop the machine before changing
the travel speed mode.

Turn travel mode switch (1) on the switch panel to the 3

specified position to select the travel mode (Fast/Slow). 2
1
 Fast Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark (2)
position.
 Slow Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark (3) MDAA-01-040
position.
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)
Mark (Slow Speed Mode)

Travel Alarm (Optional)

During travel operation, the travel alarm sounds to warn the
people near the machine that the machine is traveling.

Deactivating Travel Alarm

More than 12 seconds after starting to travel the machine,
raise the armrest and push the travel alarm deactivation Optional Switch
switch to stop the travel alarm. (Within 12 seconds, the
travel alarm deactivation switch is inoperable.)
Once the machine stops traveling and when restarting to
travel, the travel alarm will sound again. If desired to stop MJAA-01-008
the alarm, operate the deactivation switch once more.

f NOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending on

what kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using
the switches, make sure what kinds of optional devices are
equipped.

4-4
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Operating on Soft Ground

 Avoid traveling on very soft ground that does not have
sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
 If the machine is operated on very soft ground or
becomes stuck, it may be necessary to clean the track
frame area.
 Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket
to raise one track off the ground. Make sure to keep
the angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110 ° and
position the bucket’s round side on the ground.
 Rotate the raised track back and forth to remove mud and
dirt.
 After lowering the track to the ground, select slow travel
speed. Carefully move the machine to firm ground.
 Utilize the boom and arm functions to pull the machine M104-05-012
toward firm ground.
 Tow the machine if the machine becomes stuck but only
if the engine is still operating. Be sure to attach a tow line
correctly. (Refer to the “Towing Machine a Short Distance”
section on page 4-7.)

4-5
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm

d90WARNING: Keep the angle between boom and arm

to 110 ° and position the bucket’s round side on the 90 to 110 ˚
ground.

Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to raise

track off ground. Do not dig bucket teeth into the ground
when using the hoe bucket reversed.

Place blocks under machine frame to support the machine. 90 to 110 ˚

IMPORTANT: When the machine is modified as a face

shovel by installing the hoe bucket in reverse, avoid
raising the machine above the ground using the front M104-05-013
attachment with the bucket cylinder fully extended.
Excessive loads will be applied to the pins around the WRONG
bucket and the bucket cylinder, resulting in breakage
of the pins.
(The hoe bucket can not be installed in reverse
depending on the machine specification.)

SA-817

4-6
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Towing Machine a Short Distance

Soft Protector RIGHT
dserious
CAUTION: Cables, straps, or ropes can break causing
injury. Do not tow machine with damaged
chains, frayed cables, slings, straps, or wire ropes.
Always wear gloves when handling cable, straps or
wire ropes.
Shackle

When your machine becomes struck but the engine is still

operational, attach wire ropes to the machine as illustrated Wire Rope
at right, and slowly tow your machine to firm ground using
another machine. M104-05-010
Be sure to attach the wire ropes around the track frames of
both machines as illustrated. Shackle hole WRONG
for towing
To prevent the wire ropes from being damaged, place some lightweight
protective material between the track frame and the wire objects.
ropes.

d CAUTION: Wire Rope

 Check that the travel mode switch is in position.
 Turn the auto-idle switch OFF. Shackle

 Select the slow travel mode. Slowly drive the

machine when towing. M104-05-011
 Never apply impact loads to the towing cables.
 Never allow any person to enter between machines
when towing.

IMPORTANT: Use a shackle for towing the machine. Keep

the tow line horizontal, straight, and parallel to the
tracks. To prevent the wire ropes from being damaged,
place some protective material between the track
frame and the wire ropes.

Maximum tractive effort

ZX470-5 class 329 kN (32500 kgf )
ZX670-5 class 460 kN (48960 kgf )
ZX870-5 class 560 kN (57120 kgf )

4-7
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Operating in Water or Mud

The machine can be operated in water up to the upper edge of
the upper rollers only if worksite footing has sufficient strength
to prevent the machine from sinking past the upper edge of
the upper roller, and only if the water is flowing slowly.

When operating in such conditions, check the machine’s

position often. Reposition the machine if necessary. A

Avoid submerging the swing bearing, swing gears and center

M104-05-009
joint.

If the swing bearing, swing gears and center joint are

Model A
submerged, remove the drain plug to drain mud and water.
Clean swing area. Install plug. Lubricate swing internal gear ZX470-5 Class 1050 mm (41 in)
and swing bearing. ZX670-5 Class 1350 mm (53 in)
ZX870-5 Class 1500 mm (59 in)
Swing Internal Gear Capacity: 16 to 18 L (4.2 to 4.8 US gal)

Lubricate swing bearing. (See Maintenance Guide, 500 hours)

4-8
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Parking the Machine on Slopes

dmachine
WARNING: Avoid parking machine on slopes. The
may tip over, possibly resulting in personal
injury.

If parking the machine on a slope is unavoidable:

 Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground.
 Return the control levers to neutral and pull pilot control
shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position. M104-05-014
 Block both tracks.

Parking the Machine

1. Park the machine on a level surface. 1
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
Slow Idle
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the

engine is not properly shut down.
M1U1-01-033
4. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to the stop
(the slow idle position). Run the engine approximately 5
minutes to cool the engine.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch. 2
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position.

IMPORTANT: Protect cab electrical components from bad

weather. Always close windows, roof vent and cab door
when parking the machine.

7. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.

8. Lock all access doors and compartments. Lock Position
M1U1-01-025

4-9
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-10
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Control Lever (ISO Pattern)

dWARNING:
 Never place any part of body beyond window frame.
1 5
It could be crushed by the boom if boom control
lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
Never remove the window sash bar.
4 3 7 8
 Make sure you know the location and function of
each control before operating.
2 6
Do not change the control lever operation pattern.
Failure to do so may result in operation mistake of
the machine.

A label showing the control patterns of the levers and pedals is

attached on the right side in the cab.

When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neutral,

and that machine function will stop.

1- Arm Roll-Out
2- Arm Roll-In MDAA-01-343

3- Swing Right
4- Swing Left
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
3
1
7- Bucket Roll-In
4
8- Bucket Roll-Out
2

7 5
8

M104-05-002

5-1
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional)

dWARNING:
 Never place any part of body beyond window frame.
1 5
It could be crushed by the boom if boom control
lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
Never remove the window sash bar. 4 3 7 8
 Make sure you know the location and function of
each control before operating.
2 6
A label showing the control patterns of the levers and pedals is
attached on the right side in the cab.

When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neutral,

and that machine function will stop.

1- Swing Right
2- Swing Left
3- Arm Roll-In
MDAA-01-343
4- Arm Roll-Out
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In 4
1

8- Bucket Roll-Out
2

M104-05-001

7 5
8

M104-05-002

5-2
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional) 1

The breaker can be operated using attachment pedal (1)

located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.

dCAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with

pedal lock (2) when the attachment pedal is not in
use. Do not allow your foot to rest on the pedal when
the attachment pedal (1) is not in use. When changing
pedal lock (2) position, pull the pilot control shut-off
lever up to the LOCK position.
MDAA-05-007
IMPORTANT: Turn boom mode switch (5) OFF when
operating a breaker attachment. The chisel's strength
will weaken if the switch is left ON, becoming unable 5
to apply adequate impact.

1. Select the hydraulic breaker icon on monitor work mode

selection screen (3). Refer to the descriptions about M1J1-01-020
the work mode on page 5-10 for work mode setting
procedures.
3
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to the UNLOCK position.
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) to operate the
breaker.
Loosen stopper bolt (4) until stopper bolt (4) comes in
contact with the bracket in attachment pedal (1) neutral
to prevent attachment pedal (1) from being stepped
backward.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
breaker. MJAA-01-009EN
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
Unlocked Attachment Pedal

Locked Attachment Pedal 1

MJAA-05-004

5-3
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional) 1

The crusher can be operated using attachment pedal (1)

located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.

dCAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with

pedal lock (2) when the attachment pedal is not in
use. Do not allow your foot to rest on the pedal when
the attachment pedal (1) is not in use. When changing
pedal lock (2) position, pull the pilot control shut-off
lever up to the LOCK position.
MDAA-05-007
1. Select the proper hydraulic breaker mode on work mode
screen (3) depending on the necessary oil flow rate of
hydraulic crusher employed.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to the UNLOCK position.
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) either forward or 3
backward to open or close the crusher.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
crusher.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.

fNOTE: Up to 11 attachment modes can be registered.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer for adding or changing
the designation of the attachment modes.
MJAA-01-009EN

Unlocked Attachment pedal (Crusher)

Locked Attachment pedal (Crusher)

1
2

Fully Tighten
the Stopper
Bolt

MJAA-05-005

5-4
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 1

Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent

misoperation of the machine from occurring if the control
levers are accidentally moved when leaving the operator's seat
or when entering the cab.

dWARNING: Always pull pilot control shut-off lever

(1) into the full LOCK position. Unless front control
lever lock (1) is fully moved to the LOCK position, the
front control lever is not locked, possibly creating
a hazardous situation. When leaving the machine,
always stop the engine. Then, pull the pilot control
shut-off lever up to the LOCK position. Always check to
be sure that the pilot control shut-off lever is pulled up LOCK position MDAA-01-295
to the LOCK position before transporting the machine
or leaving the machine at the end of the shift.

Before Leaving the Machine

1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the
bucket to the ground. Return all control levers to neutral.
Properly shut down the engine.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up into the full LOCK
position. 1

Before Starting Operation:

Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is pulled up to UNLOCK Position
MDAA-01-296
the LOCK position before starting the engine. The engine
will not start in other than the LOCK position.
Slowly push down control shut-off lever (1) to UNLOCK
position before starting operation.
Confirm that all control levers and pedals are in neutral and
that no part of the machine is in motion.

dWARNING: If any part of the machine (any actuator)

moves when pilot control shut-off lever (1) is
lowered to the UNLOCK position despite the fact
that all controls are placed in neutral, the machine is
malfunctioning. Immediately pull pilot control shut-
off lever (1) back to the LOCK position, and stop the
engine. Then, see your authorized dealer.

5-5
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Warming Up Operation
In cold weather, warm up the machine until coolant and
hydraulic oil temperature increases to the appropriate
operating temperature. 1
Slow Idle
IMPORTANT: The appropriate hydraulic oil operating
temperature on this machine is 50 to 80°C. Hydraulic
components may be seriously damaged if the machine
is operated with low temperature hydraulic oil. In case
warming up the machine by relieving the hydraulic
system, continuously relieve the relief valve for 10 to M1U1-01-033
15 seconds while taking a pause for 5 to 10 seconds.

1. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position.

(Do not operate the machine until the needle of coolant
temperature gauge (2) starts swinging.)
2. After the needle of coolant temperature gauge (2) starts
swinging, turn engine control dial (1) to approx. medium 2
position.
3. Operate the boom, arm and bucket cylinders slowly to
each stroke end several times.
4. Operate the travel and swing functions slowly to allow
hydraulic oil to circulate through the systems. MDAA-01-001EN

5. Warming up operation ends after the above operation is

completed.

M1U1-03-006

5-6
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Engine Speed Control

Increase and decrease the engine speed using engine control
dial (1) located on the switch panel, as illustrated.

 Turn engine control dial (1) clockwise to increase the engine

speed. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to 1
decrease the engine speed.

 Note that the auto-idle function will be deactivated if

engine control dial (1) is operated while the engine is
running at the auto-idle setting.
MDAA-01-040
 Before stopping the engine, always turn engine control dial
(1) counterclockwise to the stop (to the slow idle setting).
Run the engine five minutes to cool the engine. Then, turn Fast Idle
the key switch to OFF position to stop the engine.

1
Slow Idle

M1U1-01-033

5-7
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Auto-Idle 1

Auto-Idle Function
With auto-idle selector (3) turned to the A/I ON position,
approximately 4 seconds after all control levers are returned
to neutral, the engine speed decreases to the auto-idle
setting to save fuel consumption.
The engine speed will immediately increase to the speed
set by engine control dial (2) when any control lever is
operated.

IMPORTANT:
 Always check if auto-idle indicator (1) is turned ON or
OFF before starting operation. If the indicator is ON, MDCD-01-020
the auto-idle function will be activated.
 Always be aware of engine control dial (2) setting
when auto-idle selector (3) is turned to the A/I ON
position. If the engine speed is set high with engine
control dial (2), and if the operator is not aware of
the high engine speed setting, the engine speed
will unexpectedly increase when any control lever is 2
operated, causing unexpected machine movement,
thus possibly resulting in serious personal injury. 3

dmovement.
WARNING: Prevent the machine from unexpected
Be sure to turn auto-idle selector (3) to the MDAA-01-040
A/I OFF position when unexpected machine movement
is undesirable, especially when loading/unloading the
machine for transportation.

5-8
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Auto-Idle ON/OFF 1
Note that auto-idle function can be turned ON or OFF by
using auto-idle selector (3) only when the key switch is in
ON position.
Always check if the auto-idle function is turned ON or OFF
with auto-idle indicator (1).

Auto-Idle Indicator (1) ON : Auto-Idle Function ON

Auto-Idle Indicator (1) OFF : Auto-Idle Function OFF

 When auto-idle selector (3) is turned OFF with auto-idle

indicator (1) ON, indicator (1) will go OFF and the auto-idle
system is deactivated.
MDCD-01-020

 Even if the engine is stopped by turning the key switch

with auto-idle selector (3) in the A/I ON position [indicator
(1) ON], the auto-idle system is not deactivated. When the
engine is restarted, the auto-idle system remains activated,
allowing auto-idle indicator (1) to flash for 10 seconds and
stay ON later.

MDAA-01-040

5-9
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Work Mode
1
Select Work Mode in the main menu, and choose the 2
appropriate hydraulic circuit and pump flow rate for the front
attachment at Work Mode screen.

When the engine is started, the digging mode is automatically

set. Following four work modes can be selected from the Work
Mode screen.

 Digging Mode
 Breaker 1 Mode
 Breaker 2 Mode
 Breaker 3 Mode MDAA-01-001EN

5-10
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
The selected work mode is indicated by attachment mode
indicator (2) of basic screen (1).
Select the work mode corresponding to the work in which the
machine is engaged while referring to the table below.
Work Mode Description

Digging Mode Select this mode when using bucket.

Breaker 1 to 3 mode (ZX470-5 class)

Select this mode when using breaker.
Breaker 1 to 4 mode (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)

f NOTE: Up to 11 attachment modes other than the digging

2
1
mode can be designated. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer
for adding or changing the designation of the attachment
modes.

MDAA-01-001EN

5-11
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Attachment selection
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Work Mode (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Work Mode screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired front
attachment.
(In the example on the right, "Bucket" (6) is highlighted.)
5. Press selector knob (2) to make the changes.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-100EN

MJAA-01-009EN

5-12
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Power Boost Switch

Power boost switch (4) is located on the top of the right
control lever.

When power boost switch (4) is pushed, increased front 4

attachment power will be supplied for about 8 seconds.

MDAA-01-344

5-13
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Mode Switch
One of three engine speed modes, ECO, PWR or H/P mode, can
be selected using mode switch (1).

ECO (Economy) Mode

This mode slightly reduces the engine speed according to
the operating condition. Digging power is same as the PWR
mode. Although production is slightly reduced more than
in the PWR mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are
reduced, allowing the machine to operate efficiently.

PWR (Power) Mode

Operate the machine in this mode when performing normal
work.

H/P (High Power) Mode

1
Select H/P mode in order to increase workload. The
maximum power of the machine can be utilized in this
mode, increasing work efficiency when more power is
required than in the PWR mode.
In the H/P mode, the engine speed changes depending
on load applied to the machine. This mode increases the
engine speed at boom raise or arm roll-in operation when
the engine control dial is in H position. MDAA-01-310
H/P mode consumes a lot of fuel.

dswitch
WARNING: To ensure safety, be sure to turn mode
(1) to the ECO mode position before starting
such works as loading the machine on or off a trailer
or lifting a load with the front attachment, which may
result in personal accidents if the engine speed is
suddenly changed.

5-14
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Operating Backhoe
 Use the appropriate arm and bucket for the work.
(Refer to the "Bucket Types and Applications" in the
Specifications section.)
 Pull the bucket toward the machine using the arm as the
main digging force.
 When soil sticks to the bucket, remove it by moving the
arm and/or bucket rapidly back and forth.
 Place the bucket teeth on the ground with the bottom of
the bucket at a 45 degree angle to the ground. M107-05-037
 When trenching a straight line, position the tracks parallel
to the trench. After digging to the desired depth, move
the machine as required to continue the trench.
 When operating the arm, avoid bottoming the cylinder to
prevent cylinder damage.

IMPORTANT:
 When digging at an angle, avoid striking the tracks
with the bucket teeth.
 When lowering the boom, avoid sudden stops that
may cause shock load damage to the machine.
 When digging a deep excavation, avoid striking the
MJAA-05-008
boom or bucket cylinder hoses against the ground.

MJAA-05-007

Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In

Combined Operation

dWARNING: The bucket teeth will hit the boom if

the bucket is rolled in with the arm fully rolled in, as
illustrated. When performing combined operation of
arm roll-in/bucket roll-in or when rolling in the bucket
with the arm fully retracted, be careful not to hit the
boom with the bucket teeth.

M111-05-002

5-15
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Grading Operation
Operate the boom, arm, and the bucket in such a way so that
the bucket teeth move horizontally, constantly keeping them
perpendicular to the ground at the grading operation.

IMPORTANT: Do not pull or push dirt with the bucket

when traveling. Excess force will be applied on each
part, and the machine may be damaged.

1. Operate arm roll-in function while slowly raising the

boom. Once the arm moves past the vertical position,
slowly lower the boom to allow the bucket to maintain a M104-05-017
smooth surface.
2. Arm roll-out operation is performed in the reverse way of
step 1.
3. Do the slope finishing work in the same procedure as
described in steps 1 and 2.

5-16
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth

dWARNING: Forcibly striking the bucket teeth on the

ground may result in personal injury by the flying
debris. Also, this operation will shorten the service life
of each part on the front attachment.

If the bucket teeth are forcibly struck on the ground, it

shortens the service life of the front attachment parts
(especially the bucket).
When digging a hard gravel stratum, use dig up force of the
bucket. Operate the boom, arm and the bucket simultaneously
so that the bucket teeth efficiently bite into the ground.
Flying debris may result in personal injury.

Avoid Hammer Work

dWARNING: As the bucket body has the curved surface,

hammer work or piling work is very dangerous. Doing WRONG
so may damage the bucket and front attachment.

Do not attempt to use the bucket for hammer work and piling
work.
Doing so may damage the bucket and front attachment,
causing personal injury.

M104-05-019

5-17
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Avoid Abusive Operation

WRONG
Do not use travel and do not raise rear of the machine to use
the machine's weight as additional digging force. Severe
machine damage may result.

WRONG

WRONG

M104-05-018

Avoid Side Load the Bucket

Do not side load the bucket. For example, do not swing the WRONG
bucket to level material or do not strike objects from the side
with the bucket.
Doing so may damage the front attachment and the swing
system.

M161-05-006

5-18
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground.

Never use wide track shoes on rough ground such as rocks,
sand, gravel or stumps. Wide track shoes are designed for soft
ground.

Failure to do so may result in shoe bending and/or shoe bolt

loosening, and may damage other undercarriage components
such as track link and rollers.
(Refer to the "Shoe Types and Applications" in the
Specifications section.)

5-19
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Object Handling --- If Equipped

dWARNING: When using machine for object handling

operation, be sure to comply with EN 474-5, which
prescribes that the machine must be equipped with
the rated lifting-load table, lifting hook, overload
alarm device, and hose rupture safety valve when
applied to object handling.
 Lifting hook, cables, straps, or ropes can break,
causing serious injury. Do not use damaged chains,
lifting hook, frayed cables, slings, straps, or ropes to
crane.
 Never move the load suddenly. Never move load
over a person’s head. Do not allow any persons near
load.
 Keep all persons away from raised load until blocks SA-014
are supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
Rated lifting load table
 Position upperstructure so that the travel motors are
at the rear.
 Do not attach sling/chain to the bucket teeth.
 Be sure that the maximum lifting load does not
exceed the rated load as shown in the lifting load
table plate or operator’s manual.
 The overload alarm device warns the operator with
a buzzer sound when the lifting load exceeds the
lifting capacity. If the buzzer sounds, immediately
move the load into the safety range, or lower the
load on the ground.
 Be sure to turn the overload alarm device switch ON M1U1-05-004
while the machine is used for object handling.
 When the machine specifications are modified from
the original specifications of the machine delivered,
for example, changing the front attachment or track
shoes, changing or new installing the overload
alarm device may be require. Be sure to consult your
authorized Hitachi dealer.
 Check that the specifications of the front and
machine to be used meet the specifications shown
on the rated lifting load table. If any discrepancies
between them are found, replace the rated lifting
load table so that no discrepancy is found.

MJAA-01-008 M1U1-01-010

5-20
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
1. Secure sling/chain tightly to the load being lifted. Wear
gloves when securing sling/chain.
2. Fasten sling/chain to bucket loop, with the bucket curled
and arm retracted.
3. Coordinate hand signals with your signal man before
starting.
4. Be aware of the location of all persons in the working
area.
5. Attach a hand line to load and make sure person holding
it is well away from load.
6. Before lifting, test your load.
• Park your machine close to load.
• Attach load to the machine.
• Raise load 50 mm above the ground.
• Swing the load all the way to one side.
• While keeping load close to the ground, move it away
from machine.
• If there is any indication of reduced stability of your
machine, lower load to the ground.
7. Lift load only as high as necessary.

5-21
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher

Selecting a breaker or crusher
Select a breaker or crusher with the correct size and weight
for your machine, considering the stability of the machine,
hydraulic oil pressure and flow rate of the breaker, crusher
or quick coupler. See your authorized dealer for correct
breaker information.

Precautions for Operation

Carefully study the operation manuals of the breaker and
crusher.
To avoid damaging the machine, hydraulic breaker or
crusher, follow the precautions given below.

Precautions for connecting breaker or crusher piping

 Do not allow impurities to enter into the system when
connecting/disconnecting the hoses of the breaker or
crusher with the arm end piping.
 Before attaching the hydraulic breaker or crusher, be sure
to loosen the plug of air breather (3) located on the top of CLOSE OPEN
cap assembly (2) to release internal pressure and to drain
the trapped hydraulic oil. Then, remove cap assembly (2).
Install the breather fitting and the rubber hose before Valve
opening valve (1). 1
 When the breaker or crusher is not used, apply the cover
to the pipe opening on the arm top and install the plug 2
or cap into the hose end of the breaker or the crusher to 3
prevent impurities from entering the system.
Be sure to provide spare covers and plugs in the tool box
so that they will be available when needed.
 After connecting, check the connecting seal fitting for oil
leakage, and pipe clamp bolts for looseness.
M1J1-13-001

5-22
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Stop Valve Operation (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)
Stop Valve 2
fNOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work
Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-10) for ZX470-5 class
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

The stop valves are connected to pipes routed on the boom.

Stop valves 2 illustrated in the right are provided in only the View A
kit including the secondary relief valve.
 When using a hydraulic breaker, turn the stop valves to 2nd RELIEF VALVE
the positions as illustrated in the right.
 When using a hydraulic crusher, turn the stop valves to
the positions as illustrated in the right.
After using the hydraulic crusher, be sure to turn the stop
valves back to the breaker operation positions.

Stop Valve 2
Stop Valve 1

MJAC-05-001

Stop Valve 1 Stop Valve 2

Relief
Accumulator

Breaker Oil Tank

Relief
Accumulator

Oil Tank
Crusher

M16J-12-004

5-23
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Three-Way-Valve Operation (Machines equipped with Boom
the piping common to hydraulic breaker and crusher
operation) (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)

fNOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work

Breaker
Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-10) for ZX470-5 class
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

 Turn the three-way-valve to the position as shown in the Line Filter

upper right illustration when using a hydraulic breaker to
allow the return oil to flow back to the line filter.
 Turn the three-way-valve to the position as shown in the Boom
lower right illustration when using a hydraulic crusher.
After using a hydraulic crusher, be sure to turn the three-
way-valve back to the hydraulic breaker position (as
shown in the upper right illustration). C/V Crusher

M16J-12-005

Three-Way-
Valve
M16J-12-006
Flow Combining Valve Operation (Machines equipped
with the piping common to hydraulic breaker and
crusher operation) (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)

fNOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work

Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-10) for ZX470-5 class
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

The flow combining valve is located under the front outside

of the pump chamber. Hydraulic Breaker/Crusher 2 Pumps Combined Position
 Turn the flow combining valve to the position as shown in M1J1-13-010
the left- right illustration when using a hydraulic breaker
or crusher so that the oil flows from the 2 pumps are not
combined.
 Turn the flow combining valve to the position as shown in
the right-right illustration when combining the oil flows
from the 2 pumps for increasing the flow rate. When the
oil flows from the 2 pumps are not combined, be sure
to turn the flow combining valve back to the hydraulic
breaker/crusher position (as shown in the left- right
illustration).

Flow Combining Valve M1J1-13-007

5-24
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for Breaker Operation

dbreaker
WARNING: Machine stability is reduced as the
is much heavier than the bucket. When using
a breaker, the machine is more apt to tip over. Also,
flying objects may hit the cab or other part of the
machine. Observe the following precautions and take
any other precautions necessary to prevent accidents
and machine damage from occurring.

WRONG
Avoid hitting objects with breaker.
The breaker is heavier than the bucket, causing the breaker
to lower faster.
Take care not to hit any objects with breaker. Doing so will
result in damage to the breaker, the front attachment, and/
or the upperstructure. Always move (lower) the breaker
slowly to position the tip of the chisel on the object to be
broken before starting breaker operation.
M104-05-055

Avoid moving objects with breaker.

WRONG
Do not use the breaker and/or the bracket to move objects.
Damage to the boom, arm, and/or breaker may result.
Do not use the breaker and/or the swing function to move
objects. Damage to the boom, arm, and/or breaker may
result.

M104-05-056

Avoid operating breaker at cylinder stroke end. WRONG

Always operate the breaker by positioning the cylinder rods
100 mm or longer before the stroke end position.
When operating the breaker with cylinders fully retracted
or extended, hydraulic cylinders, arm or boom may be
damaged.

M104-05-057

5-25
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Stop operation if breaker hydraulic hoses jump Hose jumping
abnormally. abnormally
Accumulator
Change in breaker accumulator pressure or a damaged
accumulator will cause abnormal hose jumping and may
cause breaker and/or machine damage.
Immediately stop the machine operation. Failure to do
so may result in serious failure in the hydraulic system
including pumps. Hose jumping
abnormally
Contact your nearest HITACHI dealer.
M104-05-058

Do not operate the breaker in water. Do not operate the WRONG

breaker in water.
Doing so will cause rust and seal damage, resulting in
damage to the hydraulic system components.
Rust, dust and water may enter into the hydraulic oil Rod
through the broken seal, damage to the hydraulic system
may result.

M104-05-059

Do not use breaker for lifting operation. WRONG

The machine tipping over and/or breaker damage may
result.

M104-05-060

Do not operate the breaker to the side of the machine. WRONG

The machine may become unstable and undercarriage
component life may shorten as a result from operating the
breaker to the side of the machine.
RIGHT OK OK RIGHT

WRONG
M104-05-061

5-26
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Operate the hydraulic excavator carefully to avoid
WRONG
hitting the boom or cab.
When the arm rolled in with the breaker equipped, the
chisel may come in contact with the boom.

Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom with the breaker

M104-05-062

Do not operate breaker with the arm positioned

vertically. WRONG

Excessive vibration to the arm cylinder will occur, causing oil

leakage.

M147-05-013

RIGHT WRONG
Press the breaker so that the chisel (the axis) is
positioned and thrusted perpendicular to the object.
Failure to do so may damage the chisel or may cause seized
piston.

M147-05-014
Do not operate the breaker continuously longer than
one minute.
Continuously operating the breaker causes oil pressure to
rise abnormally high or damages the accumulator.
If an object could not be broken within one minute, apply
the chisel to other locations, less than one minute for each
location.

M116-05-011

M116-05-012

5-27
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Avoid blank strokes of the chisel.
After depressing a material with the hydraulic breaker
weight, start hitting.
Blank strokes of the chisel may cause overheating of oil and
damage to the accumulator.

M116-05-013

Do not wedge the breaker chisel into material.

If the breaker chisel is used to wedge material, wear and
damage to the chisel and wear bushing may result.

M116-05-014

Hit perpendicularly to the material surface.

Unless the material surface is hit perpendicularly with the
chisel, the bolts and chisel may be broken.

M116-05-015

5-28
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Raising the front part of the undercarriage by pressing
down the breaker may cause damage to the front
attachment.
Never raise the front edge of the undercarriage higher than
150 mm (6 in) by pressing the breaker down.
Pressing Raising
Down 100 to 150 mm

M147-05-016

5-29
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Full-Flow Filter
Element
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system
to become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate
the hydraulic oil.
Failure to adhere to proper maintenance intervals may
result in damage to the base machine and the breaker.
In order to extend the service life particularly of the
hydraulic pump, change the hydraulic oil and the full-flow
filter element at the specified frequency given below. (Refer
to the "Hydraulic System" in the "MAINTENANCE" Section.)

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
*Hydraulic Full Flow Filter Element
Attachment Availability
Oil Return Filter for the Breaker
2000
Bucket 100% 1000
4000
Hydraulic Breaker 100% 600 100

 : Replacement intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the "MAINTENANCE"
Section.

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
100

90
Average Breaker Operating Availability (%)

Element Replacement Intervals

80

70

60 Changing Interval when using 2000-hour

life time hydraulic oil
50

40 Changing Interval when using

4000-hour life time hydraulic oil
30

20

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Excavator Operating Hours MJAC-07-045

Breaker and Bucket are Used by Rotation

Change the hydraulic oil and replace the full-flow filter
element as well as the return filter for the breaker according
to the breaker’s frequency of use, referring to the figure
above. Be sure to replace elements when breaker has been
operated for 100 hours continuously.

5-30
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Replacement of Return Filter for Breaker 10

dWARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized

during operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work.

1. Park the machine on a solid level surface. Lower the

M1J1-07-006
breaker to the ground. Stop the engine.
2. Push pressure release button (10) on the air breather.
Front
3. Loosen drain plug (9) to drain hydraulic oil from filter
case (7).
4. Remove bolts (1) to remove cover assembly (4).
5. Remove element (6). A
Inspect element (6) for metal debris to help in early
Cab
detection of failures.
6. Install a new element (6).
7. Inspect O-rings (2), (3), (5) and (8) for any damage.
Replace damaged O-rings.
8. Confirm that O-rings (2) and (3) are securely in the
grooves.
Install cover assembly (4) so that arrows (A) on the cover
point as shown in the figure.
M111-05-009
9. Tighten drain plug (9).
Tightening Torque:44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m) 1
10. Tighten bolt (1).
Tightening Torque: 127 to 147 N·m (13 to 15 kgf·m)
2 (A810135)
3 (A810095)
4

6 (4357445)

8 (954493)

M111-05-010

5-31
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for Crusher Operation

Prevent machine tipping over and damage to the front
attachment. Observe the following precautions for crusher
operation.

dWARNING: Machine stability is reduced as crusher

is much heavier than bucket. When operating with a
crusher, the machine is more apt to tip over. Falling
or flying objects may hit the cab or other part of the
machine. Observe the following precautions and take
any other precautions necessary to prevent accidents
and machine damage from occurring.

 Do not allow the machine's weight to be supported by

the crusher or bucket cylinder with the bucket cylinder WRONG
fully extended or retracted. Failure to do so may result
in damage to the front attachment. In particular, avoid
doing so with the bucket cylinder fully extended, as the
front attachment will be easily damaged.
Take care to prevent this from happening when
dismantling foundation structures using the crusher.

 Using the front attachment, do not raise the base

machine off the ground with the arm cylinder fully
M107-05-046
extended. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
arm cylinder.
WRONG
 When a heavyweight attachment such as a crusher is
installed, avoid quickly starting or stopping the front
attachment. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
front attachment.

 Do not attempt to perform crushing on either side of the

machine. Always perform crushing operations to the fore
or rear, parallel with the tracks. Otherwise, tipping over
may occur. M107-05-047

5-32
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
 When the arm rolled in with the crusher equipped, the
crusher may come in contact with the boom or cab. WRONG

Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom or cab with the
crusher

M1G6-05-009

 When operating the crusher up high with the boom fully

raised, be careful of falling objects. WRONG

M107-05-048

WRONG
 When operating the crusher on a floor in a building, first
confirm that the floor has sufficient strength to support
the load caused by crushing, in addition to the machine
weight.
The load equivalent or higher than the machine weight
may be applied on floor depending on the operation
method.

M107-05-049

5-33
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
 Always operate the crusher on a stable, level surface, not
on a slope or on crushed scraps.
 Do not use the crusher to haul or load crushed scraps.
 If a multiple number of attachments, such as crusher
and bucket, or crusher and breaker, are used, replacing
them with each other at intervals, impurities are more
apt to enter the hydraulic system and the hydraulic oil
deteriorates quickly. For this reason, replace the hydraulic
oil tank filter and change the hydraulic oil at the intervals
specified in the breaker time sharing diagram in the
previous section.
 Always remove the crusher from the excavator before
transporting the machine. Do not fully extend the bucket
cylinder when transporting, as this may damage the front
attachment, when vibrations arise during transportation.

5-34
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment
Attachment
Example commercial attachment models (breakers) for
excavators are shown in the following table.

When an attachment other than the standard bucket

is installed on the machine, the machine stability will
be different. If a heavy attachment is used, not only will
controllability be affected but also machine stability will be
reduced, possibly causing safety hazard. Thoroughly read
and understand the base machine operator's manual and
the attachment manual to prevent accidents.

Breaker (ZX470-5 Class)

Maker NPK Furukawa Konan Electric
Model GH18 F-30 F-35 F-45 F-70 MKB2100V MKB2500V MKB3000V
Weight kg 2865 1200 1210 1590 2250 2000 2300 3300
Flow Rate L/min 220 to 290 160 to 210 175 to 220 200 to 250 250 to 340 135 to 180 150 to 225 170 to 260
Operating
15 to 17 14.5 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(153 to 173) (148 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (150 to 180) (150 to 180) (150 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX470-5 Class)

Maker Jacty Toukuu
Model NJB233 NJB240 TNB-150 TNB-160 TNB-190 TNB-220 TNB-230 TNB-310
Weight kg 2865 1200 1210 1590 2250 2000 2300 3300
Flow Rate L/min 200 to 250 220 to 290 160 to 200 150 to 200 160 to 210 180 to 220 180 to 230 240 to 300
Operating 13.7 to 15.7
14.7 to 16.7 13.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure (140 to
(150 to 170) (140 to 180) (130 to 180) (140 to 180) (130 to 180) (130 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm )
2
160)

Breaker (ZX470-5 Class)

Maker Okada Atlas Copco Krupp RUMMER
G90CITY/ G110CITY/
Model TOP300 HM1500S HM2300S HM2600S G88CITY G100CITY
PRO PRO
Weight kg 2480 2200 3000 4200 2370 3150 3800 3800
Flow Rate L/min 160 to 215 140 to 180 210 to 270 250 to 320 160 to 230 210 to 310 220 to 320 220 to 350
Operating
14 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14 to 15 14 to 15 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5
Pressure
(143 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (143 to 153) (143 to 153) (143 to 158) (158 to 168)
MPa (kgf/cm )
2

Breaker (ZX470-5 Class)

Maker Montabert EURO RAM
Model V45 SHD V55 SHD RM145 RM150 RM160 RM180 RM195
Weight kg 2547 3480 2255 2475 2750 3645 4615
Flow Rate L/min 180 to 265 240 to 320 165 to 200 175 to 220 185 to 260 245 to 310 295 to 360
Operating
16.5 16.5 13.5 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 15 to 16.3
Pressure
(168) (168) (138 to 161) (143 to 161) (143 to 161) (143 to 131) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

5-35
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Breaker (ZX670-5 Class)
Maker Konan Electric Okada Jacty Toukuu
Model MKB3000V MKB4000V TOP300 TOP400 NJB240 TNB-230 TNB-310 TNB-400
Weight kg 3300 4200 2480 3250 3300 2453 3046 4326
Flow Rate L/min 170 to 260 220 to 300 160 to 215 280 to 350 220 to 290 180 to 230 240 to 300 280 to 390
Operating
14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 14 to 18 14 to 18 14.7 to 16.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(150 to 180) (150 to 180) (143 to 184) (143 to 184) (150 to 170) (130 to 180) (140 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX670-5 Class)

Maker NPK Furukawa Atlas Copco Krupp RUMMER
Model GH30 F-70 HM3000S HM4000S G90CITY/PRO G110CITY/PRO G100CITY G130CITY
Weight kg 5470 2250 5800 7000 3150 3800 3800 7000
Flow Rate L/min 280 to 350 250 to 340 310 to 390 360 to 450 210 to 310 220 to 320 220 to 350 300 to 400
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14 to 15 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5 15 to 17
Pressure
(163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (143 to 153) (143 to 158) (158 to 168) (153 to 173)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX670-5 Class)

Maker Montabert EURO RAM
Model V55 SHD V65 SHD RM160 RM180 RM195 RM215
Weight kg 3480 5655 2750 3645 4615 7425
Flow Rate L/min 240 to 320 380 to 420 185 to 260 245 to 310 295 to 360 330 to 425
Operating
16.5 16.5 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 15 to 16.3 15 to 16.3
Pressure
(168) (168) (143 to 161) (143 to 161) (153 to 166) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm )
2

Breaker (ZX870-5 Class)

Maker NPK Furukawa Konan Electric Okada Toukuu
Model GH30 GH40 F-70 MKB6000V MKB7000V TOP800 TNB-310 TNB-400
Weight kg 5470 7750 2250 5900 6500 5600 3046 4326
Flow Rate L/min 280 to 350 300 to 400 250 to 340 220 to 330 270 to 380 280 to 380 240 to 300 280 to 390
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 15 to 18 13.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (150 to 180) (150 to 180) (153 to 184) (140 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX870-5 Class)

Maker Atlas Copco Krupp Montabert RUMMER EURO RAM
G110CITY/
Model HM3000S HM4000S V65 SHD G100CITY G130CITY RM195 RM215
PRO
Weight kg 5800 7000 5655 3800 3800 7000 4615 7425
Flow Rate L/min 310 to 390 360 to 450 380 to 420 220 to 320 220 to 350 300 to 400 295 to 360 330 to 425
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16.5 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5 15 to 17 15 to 16.3 15 to 16.3
Pressure
(163 to 184) (163 to 184) (168) (143 to 158) (158 to 168) (153 to 173) (153 to 166) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

5-36
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and 2

When Engine Stops

dWARNING: Prevent personal injury. Confirm that no

one is under the front attachment before starting the 1
procedure below.

In case the engine suddenly stops and the engine cannot

restart, lower the boom in the following procedures.

IMPORTANT: Never loosen screw (2) more than 4 turns.

Screw (2) may come off.
1. Loosen lock nut (1) in the control valve at the right. MJAA-05-003
Loosen screw (2) two turns. The boom lowering speed
can be somewhat adjusted by loosening screw (2) more. Emergency Valve 2 1

IMPORTANT: Excessive leakage may result if the screw

and the lock nut are tightened insufficiently. Be sure to
retighten the screw and the lock nut to specifications.
2. After the boom is lowered, tighten screw (2) and tighten
lock nut (1) to the specifications below.

Bolt Size Tightening Hexagonal

torque Hole Width
Across Flats
Locknut (1) M6 15 N·m 10
Bolt (2) M6 6 N·m 3
MJAA-05-002

5-37
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for After Operations

 After finishing the day's operation, drive the machine to
a firm, level ground where no possibility of falling stones,
ground collapse, or floods are present.
(Refer to the group for “Parking the Machine” in the
DRIVING MACHINE section.)
 Fully refill the fuel in the fuel tank.
 Clean the machine.
 If anti-freeze or long life coolant is not used in cold
weather, be sure to drain coolant from the radiator and
the engine jacket. Also, be sure to put a tag in a visible
place if the coolant has been drained.

M1J5-05-004

5-38
 TRANSPORTING

Transporting by Road
When transporting the machine on public roads, be sure to
first understand and follow all local regulations.

IMPORTANT: When transporting, disassembling or

assembling the machine other than transporting the
machine on public roads, consult your nearest Hitachi
dealer.

 When transporting the machine using a trailer, check the

width, height, length and weight of the trailer with the
machine loaded. Note that transporting the weight and
dimensions may vary depending on the type of shoe or
front attachments installed.
 Investigate beforehand the conditions of the route to be
traveled, such as dimensional limits, weight limits, and
traffic regulations.
 When transporting a machine with the side frame, be sure
to retract the side frame before loading the machine onto
trailer bed for transportation. The overall width of the
machine varies depending on the shoe width.

In some cases, getting the permission from the local authority

concerned or disassembling the machine to bring it within
dimensional limits or weight limits of local regulations may
become necessary.
Notify the nearest dealer that you are transporting the unit.

6-1
 TRANSPORTING

Loading/Unloading on a Trailer

dWARNING:
 Be sure to use a loading dock or a ramp for
loading/unloading.
 Always load and unload the machine on a firm,
level surface.

Ramp/Loading Dock:
1. Before loading, thoroughly clean the ramps, loading
dock and flatbed. Dirty ramps, loading docks, and
flatbeds with oil, mud, or ice on them are slippery
and dangerous.
2. Place blocks against the truck and trailer wheels
while using a ramp or loading dock.
3. Ramps must be sufficient in width, length, and
strength. Be sure that the incline of the ramp is less
than 15 degrees.
4. Loading docks must be sufficient in width and
strength to support the machine and have an incline
of less than 15 degrees.

6-2
 TRANSPORTING
Loading/Unloading

dWARNING:
 Always turn the auto-idle switch [A/I OFF] and turn
the mode switch to ECO position when loading or
unloading the machine. In the auto-idle mode, speed
may automatically increase.
 The engine speed may unexpectedly change while
performing the muffler filter regeneration. Turn
the muffler filter regeneration switch to inhibited
position.
 Always select the slow speed mode with the travel
mode switch.
 Run the engine at slow idle to ensure the machine
travels at a slow pace.
 Never steer while driving up or down a ramp as it is
extremely dangerous and may cause the machine to
turnover. NEVER attempt to change directions whilst
positioned on the ramp. If repositioning is necessary,
first move back to the ground or flatbed, modify
traveling direction, and begin to drive again.
 The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed
is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it
as the balance may be lost. If the front attachment is
not fitted, reverse onto the trailer.
 Extreme care must be taken when swinging the
upper structure when the machine is on the trailer
flatbed.

Loading
If the front attachment is not fitted, reverse onto the trailer.

1. Load the machine so that the centerline of the machine

aligns with the centerline of the trailer flatbed. 15 ° or less

2. Drive the machine onto the ramp slowly.

M107-06-018
dCAUTION: In cold weather, be sure to warm up the
machine before loading or unloading it.
3. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch.
4. Place the pilot control shut-off lever in the Lock position.
5 Securely close cab windows, overhead window, cab door
and covers and tighten tank caps to prevent entry of
wind and water. Lock all doors, covers and caps if they
have a lock. Put covers on the opening of mufflers.
6. Put all mirrors and the radio antenna away correctly.

6-3
 TRANSPORTING

Fastening Machine for Transporting

dWARNING: Fasten chains or cables to the machine

frame. Do not place chains or cables over or against
the hydraulic lines or hoses.

1. Place cog stoppers or blocks in front of and behind the

tracks to help secure the unit.
MJAA-06-002
2. Fasten each corner of the machine and front attachment
to the trailer with appropriate strength of chains or
cables.

Unloading

dWARNING: The rear end of the flatbed where it meets

the ramp is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling
over it.

MJAA-06-003

6-4
 MAINTENANCE

Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures

Learn how to service your machine correctly. Follow the
correct maintenance and inspection procedures shown in this
manual.

Inspect machine daily before starting.

 Check controls and instruments.
 Check coolant, fuel and oil levels.
 Check for leaks, kinked, frayed or damaged hoses and
lines.
 Walk around machine checking general appearance,
noise, heat, etc.
 Check for loose or missing parts. SA-005

If there is any problem with your machine, repair it before

operating or contact your authorized dealer.

IMPORTANT:
 Use only recommended fuel and lubricants.
 Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi parts. Failure to
do so may result in serious injury or death and/or
machine breakdown.
 Failure to use recommended fuel, lubricants, and
genuine Hitachi parts will result in loss of Hitachi
product warranty.
 Never adjust engine governor or hydraulic system
relief valve.
 Protect electrical parts from water and steam.
 Never disassemble electrical components such as
main controller, sensors, etc.
 Never adjust parts of engine fuel system or hydraulic
equipment.
 Using bad quality fuel, drainage agent, fuel
additives, gasoline, kerosene or alcohol refueled
or mixed with specified fuel may deteriorate
performance of fuel filters and injector nozzles dirty.
It also affects the engine, leading to malfunction.
 Use Hitachi genuine high performance filter.

7-1
 MAINTENANCE
 Body Information Controller
This machine provides a body information controller that stores machine operation information for preventive
maintenance.
When maintaining the machine, our authorized service man may down load the stored information.
Consult with your nearest Hitachi dealer for detailed function of this device.
 Communication Terminal Operation
It is not necessary to check or operate the communication terminal however if any abnormality is found, consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
Before installing any covering attachment such as a head guard, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Never spray water on the communication terminal and the wirings.
 Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of oil, fuel, coolant, filters, batteries and other waste from your local
environmental or recycling center, or from your authorized dealer.

 Hitachi machine models described in this manual are classified as shown in the table below.

Model
Std. Model

ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G, 470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G, 470LCR-5G

Std. Specification ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G
ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G, 870H-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G

7-2
 MAINTENANCE

Check the Hour Meter Regularly

Refer to the List of Check and Maintenance for information
about lubricants, check and adjustment intervals. The
maintenance guide table is affixed in the back of the tool box
cover. Refer to the page 7-9.

This manual recommends grouping the intervals into three

categories as follows:
Daily Check : To be conducted daily before operation
Monthly check : To be regularly conducted once per month
Annual check : To be regularly conducted once per year

Check and maintenance intervals shown in this manual

are those for the machines to be operated under normal
conditions. In case the machine is operated under more severe
conditions, shorten the intervals.

Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants

IMPORTANT: Always use recommended fuels and
lubricants.
Failure to do so will result in machine damage and loss
of Hitachi product warranty.

7-3
 MAINTENANCE

Layout
ZX470-5 class

33
1
32

31
2

30 3
4
5
27 6
26 7
8
28
9
29 25

10

24
11
23 12
22
21 13
20 19 14
18 15
TJAC-01-02-001
17 16

1- Arm Cylinder 11- Shoe, Track Link 21- Lower Roller 31- Link B
2- Boom 12- Engine 22- Hydraulic Oil Tank 32- Bucket Cylinder
3- Washer Tank 13- Muffler 23- Track Adjuster 33- Arm
4- Swing Device 14- Engine Oil Filter 24- Front Idler
5- Fuel Tank 15- Main Pump 25- Cab
6- Reserve Tank 16- Travel Reduction Gear 26- Boom Cylinder
7- Control Valve 17- Pilot Filter 27- Side Cutter
8- Air Cleaner 18- Drain Filter 28- Tooth
9- Radiator, Oil Cooler 19- Upper Roller 29- Bucket
10- Counterweight 20- Swing Bearing 30- Link A

7-4
 MAINTENANCE

ZX670-5 class

34

33 30
3
4
29 5
28 6
27
32 7
8
26
9
31
25

10
24
23 11
22 12
21 13
20 14 MJAC-07-077
19 18 15
17 16

1- Arm Cylinder 10- Shoe, Track Link 20- Hydraulic Oil Tank 30- Arm
2- Boom 11- Engine 21- Upper Roller 31- Bucket
3- Tool Box, Electric Grease Gun, 12- Muffler 22- Battery 32- Link A
Auto-Lubrication Device 13- Engine Oil Filter 23- Track Adjuster 33- Link B
4- Swing Device 14- Main Pump 24- Swing Bearing 34- Bucket Cylinder
5- Fuel Tank 15- Travel Reduction Gear 25- Front Idler
6- Reserve Tank 16- Fan Pump 26- Cab
7- Air Cleaner 17- Pilot Filter 27- Boom Cylinder
8- Oil Cooler, Radiator, Inter 18- Drain Filter 28- Tooth
Cooler 19- Lower Roller 29- Side Cutter
9- Counterweight

7-5
 MAINTENANCE

ZX870-5 class

1
38
2
37
3
4
5
36 6
7
31 8
32 9
35 12
10
33 30 11

34 29
28 13
14
27
26

25
24 15
23 16
22 17
21 18
20
19 TJBE-01-02-001

1- Arm Cylinder 11- Radiator, Inter Cooler 21- Fuel Filter 31- Boom Cylinder
2- Boom 12- Air Cleaner 22- Pilot Filter 32- Side Cutter
3- Washer Tank 13- Engine 23- Track Frame 33- Tooth
4- Swing Bearing 14- Counterweight 24- Pump Drain Filter 34- Bucket
5- Tool Box, Electric Grease Gun, 15- Muffler 25- Hydraulic Oil Tank 35- Link A
Auto-Lubrication Device 16- Main Pump 26- Track Adjuster 36- Link B
6- Fuel Tank 17- Fan Pump 27- Upper Roller 37- Bucket Cylinder
7- Swing Device 18- Shoe, Track Link 28- Front Idler 38- Arm
8- Control Valve 19- Travel Reduction Gear 29- Battery
9- Oil Cooler 20- Lower Roller 30- Cab
10- Reserve Tank

7-6
 MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Guide Table

The maintenance guide table is affixed to the reverse side
of the tool box cover. Lubricate and/or service the parts at
the intervals as instructed in the table so that all necessary
maintenance can be performed regularly.

 Symbol Marks
The following marks are used in the maintenance guide
table.

Grease Hydraulic oil filters

(Front Joint Pin, Swing Bearing, Swing (Pilot Filter, Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter,
Gear) Suction Filter)

Gear Oil
(Pump Transmission, Travel Reduction Air Cleaner Element
Device, Swing Reduction Device)

Coolant
Engine Oil
(Long-Life Coolant)

Fuel Filter
Engine Oil Filter
(Fuel Main Filter, Pre-Filter)

Hydraulic Oil

7-7
 MAINTENANCE
 Maintenance Guide Table

13 14 15 10

12 10

6 1

2
11 3
4
5
6

MJAC-07-041
Lubrication Interval (hours) 10 9 8 7

f NOTE: The illustration shows ZX870-5 class.

Item Page Item Page
1 Hydraulic Oil 7-54 8 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Suction) 7-54
2 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Full Flow) 7-58 9 Grease 7-27
7-28
3 Fuel Filter (Main/Pre) 7-73 Grease (Every 10 hours for the first 100 hours, 7-25
10
7-74 every 50 hours after that)
4 Gear Oil (Pump Transmission) (ZX670-5, 870-5 7-43 11 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Air Breather) 7-62
Class) 12 Coolant (Long-Life Coolant) 7-83
5 Engine Oil Filter 7-40 13 Engine Oil 7-40
6 Gear Oil (Travel Device) 7-47 14 Air Cleaner Element 7-78
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pilot) 7-60 15 Gear Oil (Swing Reduction Gear) 7-46
7
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pump Drain) 7-59

7-8
 MAINTENANCE

Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance

Except in special cases, park the machine by following the
procedure before servicing the machine.

1. Park the machine on a level and solid surface.

2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
M104-07-021
3. Turn the auto-idle switch OFF.
4. Turn the engine control dial to the slow idle position and
run the engine for 5 minutes to cool the engine.
5. Turn the key switch OFF to stop the engine. Remove the
key. Be sure to place pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the
LOCK position.
6. After putting a tag (2) for "Under Serving" on the easy-to- 1
see cab door or control lever, begin the work.
2
dwhen
WARNING: Never attempt to maintain the machine
the engine is running in order to prevent the
accident. If maintenance work while engine running is
unavoidable, strictly comply with the following items.
 One person should take the operator's seat
to be ready to stop the engine any time while
communicating with other workers.
MDAA-07-028
 When working around moving parts is unavoidable,
pay special attention to ensure that hands, feet, and
clothing do not become entangled.
 If parts or tools are dropped or inserted into the fan
or the belt, they may fly off or be cut off. Do not drop
or insert parts and tools into the moving parts.
 Move pilot control shut-off lever (1) to LOCK position
so that the front attachment will not move.
 Never touch the control levers and pedals.
If operating the control levers or pedals is
unavoidable, signal co-workers to evacuate to safer
place.
SA-2294

SA-026

7-9
 MAINTENANCE

Hood and Access Covers 1

ZX470-5 class

d WARNING:
 Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind
is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may close
accidentally, possibly resulting in personal injury.
 When opening or closing the hood and access covers,
take extra care not to catch fingers between the base
machine and the hood or access covers.

 When opening the engine cover (front or rear), hold the Engine Cover (Front) MJAC-07-014
handle on the engine cover, raise the cover until the lock is
secured with lock groove (1). 1

 After opening the right and/or left access cover, be sure to

insert rod (2) into cover lock hole (3) to hold the cover.

 When opening the front left/right cover, open the rear left/
right cover first. Then, pull to open the front left/right cover.

Engine Cover (Rear) MJAC-07-015

3
2

2
3

Rear Left Cover MJAC-07-019 Rear Right Cover MJAC-07-024

2 3
3

Front Right Cover MJAC-07-023

Front Left Cover MJAC-07-018

7-10
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670-5 class
1
d WARNING:
 Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind
is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may close
accidentally, possibly resulting in personal injury.
 When opening or closing the hood and access covers,
take extra care not to catch fingers between the base
machine and the hood or access covers.

 Holding the handle on the engine cover, raise the cover Engine Cover
MJAC-07-056
until the lock is secured with lock groove (1).

 After opening the air cleaner cover, left cover, front and/ 2
3
or rear right covers, be sure to insert rod (2) into cover lock
hole (3) to hold the cover.

Air Cleaner Cover MJAC-07-057

Front Right Cover MJAC-07-058

(Oil Cooler Cover)

2 3

MJAA-07-010 Rear Right Cover MJAC-07-059

Left Cover
(Radiator Cover)

7-11
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870-5 class 2

d WARNING:
 Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind is 1
blowing hard.
The hood or access covers may close accidentally,
possibly resulting in personal injury.
 When opening or closing the hood and access covers,
take extra care not to catch fingers between the base 3
machine and the hood or access covers.
 When opening the engine cover, open the engine 4
front door first. Then, pull to open the engine cover. Engine Cover, Front Door MJAC-07-032
When closing the engine front door, close the engine
cover first. Then, close the engine front door.
1
 When opening the engine cover and/or air cleaner cover, 2
unlock the catches (2 places), hold the handle on the cover,
and raise the cover until the lock is secured with lock groove
(2).
 After opening the engine front door or left access cover
(front and rear), be sure to insert rod (3) into cover lock hole
(4) to hold the cover.
 After opening the right access cover (front and rear), be sure
to insert rod (3) into cover lock hole (2) to hold the cover.

Air Cleaner Cover MJAA-07-074

4 3

3 Front and Rear Left Cover MJAA-07-014

2
3

Rear Right Cover

MJAA-07-016 Front Right Cover
MJAC-07-039

7-12
 MAINTENANCE

Daily Check

Check Item Reference Page

1. Level of engine oil and coolant 7-39, 82
2. Starting easiness, exhaust gas color, and noise
3. Oil and water leaks, damage to hoses and pipe lines 7-64, 78, 81
Engine
4. Clogging and damage to radiator, oil cooler and intercooler 7-85
5. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-112 to 149
6. Drain Fuel Filter 7-72
1.Fuel level, leaks, contamination and drainage of fuel in tank 7-68 to 70
2. Hydraulic oil level, leaks and contamination of hydraulic oil tank 7-52 to 53
3. Movement, play and operating force of all control levers
4. Operation of all hydraulic components, oil leaks and damage to pipe lines 7-64
Upperstructure
and hoses
5. Deformation, break and abnormal noise of upper structure
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-112 to 149
7. Washer Fluid 7-106
1.Sag, wear and break of crawler 7-107, 119, 132, 144
2.Oil leaks and wear on upper/lower rollers and front idlers
Undercarriage
3.Oil leaks from travel devices 7-47
4.Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-112 to 149
1.Check cylinders, pipe lines and hoses for oil leaks and damages. 7-64
2. Wear and damage of the bucket
3. Check bucket teeth for looseness, wear and missing 7-98
Working Device 4. Lubrication state of the working device 7-25 to 28
5. Check for pin anti-extraction pins, stoppers, rings and bolts for damage 7-122, 134, 147
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-112 to 149
7. Grease leaks and damage of auto-lubrication piping and hoses
1. Operation of instruments, switches, lights and buzzer/horn 1-6 to 102
2. Function of parking brake
Others 3. Deformation and break of head guard
4. Abnormal outside appearance of machine
5. Wear and damage of the seat belt 7-105

 Conduct daily check before the machine is operated.

7-13
 MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Guide
A. Greasing

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Boom Foot, Boom Cylinder
4  7-25
Bottom
1. Front Joint Pins
Bucket and Link Pins 9  7-25
Others 7  7-26
2. Swing Bearing 3 7-27
3. Swing Internal Gear 1  7-28
 : Grease at an interval of every 10 hours for the first 100 hours.
 : In case excavations are performed in water, grease the pin after operation is complete.
 : Add grease if necessary during maintenance.

f NOTE: When the auto-lubrication system is operating, grease the bucket, link pins and the swing bearing by using a grease
gun.

B. Engine

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Check Engine Oil Level 1 7-39
ZX470-5 class 52 L
2. Change Engine Oil ZX670-5 class 52 L 7-40
ZX870-5 class 52 L
3. Replace Engine Oil Filter 1 7-40

7-14
 MAINTENANCE
C. Transmission
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Check Oil Level 1 7-43
Pump Transmission (ZX670-
1. Change Oil 6.2 L 7-44
5, 870-5 class)
Clean Air Breather 1 7-44
Check Oil Level 2 7-45
ZX470-5 class 6.5 L×2
2. Swing Device
Change Oil ZX670-5 class 10.5 L×2 7-46
ZX870-5 class 15.7 L×2
Check Oil Level 2 7-47
ZX470-5 class 11 L×2
3. Travel Reduction Gear
Change Oil ZX670-5 class 16 L×2 7-48
ZX870-5 class 19 L×2

D. Hydraulic System
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000
1. Check Hydraulic Oil Level 1 7-52
2. Water drain from hydraulic oil tank 1 7-53
ZX470-5 class 510 L
3. Change Hydraulic Oil ZX670-5 class 750 L   7-54
ZX870-5 class 1042 L
4. Suction Filter Cleaning 1 Each time when hydraulic oil is changed 7-54
5. Replacement of Full-Flow Filter 1  7-58
6. Replace Pump Drain Filter 1 7-59
7. Replace Pilot Oil Filter 1 7-60
8. Replace Air Breather Element 1 7-62
Check Hoses and Lines for Leaks and Tightness − 7-63
9.
Check of hose and pipe line for Cracks and Bending − 7-63
 : Changing interval differs according to the brand of hydraulic oil used, kind of filter element or average attachment
operating availability.
Refer to the "changing intervals of hydraulic oil and full flow filter element." See recommended oil chart.

7-15
 MAINTENANCE
E. Fuel System

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Drain Fuel Tank Sump 1 7-70
2. Check Water Separator 1 7-71
3. Replace Fuel Main Filter 1 7-73
4. Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element 1 7-74
5. Clean Feed Pump Strainer 1 7-76
Check Fuel Hoses for Leaks and Cracks. − 7-77
6.
Check Fuel Hoses for Cracks and Bending. − 7-77

F. Air Cleaner

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
(Or when indicator
Clean 1 7-78
lit)
1. Air Cleaner Outer Element
Replace 1 After cleaning 6 times or 1 year 7-78

2. Air cleaner Inner element Replace 1 When outer element is replaced 7-78

7-16
 MAINTENANCE
G. Cooling System

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Check Coolant Level 1 7-82
ZX470-5 class 61 L
2. Change Coolant ZX670-5 class 68 L Twice a year * 7-83
ZX870-5 class 112 L
3. Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler Outside 1 7-85
(ZX870-5 class) Core Inside 1 Once a year 7-85
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler (ZX670-5,
4. 1  7-85
870-5 class) Front Screen
5. Clean Air Conditioner Condenser 1  7-85
 : Shorten the maintenance interval when the machine is operated in dusty areas.
 : Maintenance required only during first time check.
* : When genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, change every two years or 4000 operating hours, whichever comes
first.

IMPORTANT:
 Use fresh water or normal tap water as a coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline water. Use the coolant
with genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant (LLC) mixed by 30 to 60 %. If a coolant mixed with less than 30 %
of Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, service life of the cooling parts may be shortened due to damage by
freezing or corrosion of coolant system parts.
 If mineral-rich water is used for coolant, water stain or scale may build up inside the engine or radiator,
causing overheat due to deterioration of coolant performance.

7-17
 MAINTENANCE
H. Air Conditioner

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Clean 1 7-86
Circulating Air Filter When the filters are severely clogged or
Replace 1 7-86
1. after cleaning 6 times
Clean 1 7-86
Fresh Air Filter
Replace 1 7-86
2. Check Air Conditioner 1 7-88
3. Adjust Compressor Belt Tension 1 7-89
4. Check mounting bolts for looseness. − 7-89
5. Check at Preseason and Off-Season − Twice a year 7-90

I. Electrical System

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Check Electrolyte Level 2 Every month 7-93
1. Battery Check Electrolyte Specific Every month
2 7-94
Gravity
2. Replacing Fuses Replace − As required 7-96

7-18
 MAINTENANCE
J. Miscellaneous

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000
1. Check and Replace Bucket Teeth − 7-98
2. Change Bucket − As required 7-101
3. Adjust Bucket Linkage 1 As required 7-104
4. Remove Travel Levers 2 As required 7-105
5. Check and Replace Seat Belt 1 Every 3 years 7-105
6. Check Windshield Fluid Level 1 As required 7-106
7. Check Track Sag 2 7-107
8. Clean Cab Floor − As required 7-110
9. Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt − *As required 7-111
10. Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance − * 7-111
11. Check of Fuel Injection Timing − *As required 7-111
12. Measure Engine Compression Pressure − * 7-111
13. Check Starter and Alternator − * 7-111
14. Check Water Pump − * 7-111
15. Check and Replace Injection Nozzle − 7-111
16. Check Gas Damper − *As required 7-112
Every 2 years or 4000 hours whichever comes
17. Check Cushion Rubber of Handrail (ZX470-5 class) 2 7-112
first
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Bolts and
18. −  7-112
Nuts
19. Check O-rings in Bucket − 7-150
 : Maintenance required only during first time check.

f NOTE: * Contact your nearest Hitachi dealer for maintenance. Instruction plate for the recommended grease and
lubricants is affixed inside the tool box cover.

7-19
 MAINTENANCE

Periodic Replacement of Parts

To ensure safe operation, be sure to conduct periodic
inspection of the machine. In addition, the parts listed below,
if defective, may pose serious safety/fire hazards.
These parts may cause serious safety/fire hazards due to
deterioration, wear, or fatigue being attributed to material
aging or repeated operation. It is very difficult to gauge the
extent of deterioration, fatigue, or weakening of the parts
listed below simply by visual inspection alone. For this reason,
replace these parts at the intervals shown in the table below.
Consult your authorized dealer for correct replacement.

Periodic Replacement Parts Replacement Intervals

Fuel hose (Fuel tank, Filter to Engine) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Engine

Fuel hose (Engine, Fuel tank) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Oil filter hose (Engine to oil filter) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Heater hose (Heater to engine) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Pump suction hose
Base Machine

Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Pump delivery hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Hydraulic System

Swing hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Travel high pressure hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Boom cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Working
Device

Arm cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Bucket cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Pilot Hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Seat Belt Every 3 years

f NOTE: Be sure to replace seals, such as O-rings and gaskets,

when replacing hoses.

7-20
 MAINTENANCE

Kind of Oils

Brand Names of Recommended Grease

Where to be Bucket, Arm and Boom, Swing Gear,
applied Swing Bearing, etc.
Manufacturer –20 to 45 °C (–4 to 113 °F)
Hitachi Hitachi Grease SEP2
Hitachi Grease EP-2
Nippon Koyu SEP2
Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Eponex Grease EP No2
Daphne Eponex Grease No2
JX Nippon Oil & EPINOC GREASE AP(N)2
Energy Corporation LISONIX GREASE EP2
Shell Alvania Grease EP2 (Shell Gadus S2
V220 2)
ExxonMobil Mobilux EP2
BP Energrease LS-EP2
Castrol Spheerol EPL2
Chevron Multifax EP2

IMPORTANT: Use only genuine Hitachi engine oil as

shown below. Or use JASO DH-1 or equivalent engine
oil.
Brand Names of Recommended Engine Oil
Kind of Oil Engine Oil
Application Engine Crank Case
Air Temp. -20 to 30 ˚C -15 to 45 ˚C
(-4 to 86 ˚F) (5 to 113 ˚F)
Manufacturer JASO
Super wide Super wide
Hitachi DH-1
DH-1 10W30 DH-1 15W40

7-21
 MAINTENANCE
Brand Names of Recommended Gear Oil
Application Swing and Travel Reduction Gear
Kind of Oil Gear oil
Air Temp. –20 to 45 °C
Manufacturer (–4 to 113 °F)
Hitachi Hitachi Gear oil GL-4 90
Idemitsu Kosan Apollo Gear Oil HE90
JX Nippon Oil & HYPOID Gear 90
Energy GEAR4 90
Shell Spirax S2 G 90
ExxonMobil Mobilube GX80W-90
BP Energear EP 80W-90
Castrol Manual GL-4 80W-90
Chevron Thuban SAE 90
Remarks API GL 4 Class

Brand Names of Recommended Pump Transmission Oil

ZX670-5, 870-5 Class
Application Pump Transmission
Kind of Oil Engine Oil or Gear Oil
Air Temp.
–20 to 45 °C
Manufacturer (–4 to 113 °F)
Apolloil Super wide 15W-40
Idemitsu Kosan
Apolloil diesel motive S-330 CF
JX Nippon Oil & DIESEL CF/DH-1 15W-40
Energy DIESEL CF4/DH1 15W-40H
Shell Rimula D Multi 15W-40
ExxonMobil Delvac Super DH-2 15W-40
BP Venellus C3 Multigrade 15W-30
Castrol
Chevron DELO 400 Multigrade 15W-30
Remarks API CD Class, JASO DH-1, JASO DH-2

7-22
 MAINTENANCE
Brand Names of Recommended Hydraulic Oil
Kind of Lubricant Hydraulic Oil
Where to be applied Hydraulic System
Change Interval 4000 hours 2000 hours
Environmental
–20 to 45 °C
Temp.
(–4 to 113 °F)
Manufacturer
Hitachi Super EX 46HN
Idemitsu Kosan Super Hydro 46 X
JX Nippon Oil & SUPER HYRANDO WP46
Energy Corporation HYDLUX 46H
Shell Tellus S3V
ExxonMobil Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46
BP Bartran HV46
Castrol Hyspin HVI 46
Chevron RANDO Ashless 46 HD
Others JCMAS HK VG46W

fNOTE: Consult your authorized Hitachi dealer for the conditions of use and hydraulic oil other than those described above.
Refer to Japan Lubricating Oil Society (JALOS) home page for JCMAS HK qualified product.

7-23
 MAINTENANCE
Recommended Oil Viscosity

Air Temperature (degrees Celsius)

Where to be Applied Kind of Oil
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 45
Super Wide DH-1 10W30
Engine Oil Pan Engine Oil
Super Wide DH-1 15W40
Pump Transmission Engine Oil Idemitsu Kosan S-330
Swing Device
Gear Oil Hitachi Gear Oil GL-4_90
Travel Device
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Super EX46HN
(Hydraulic Oil Tank)
ASTM Grade No.2-DS15
ASTM Grade No.2-DS500
Fuel Tank Diesel Fuel
ASTM Grade No.1-DS15
ASTM Grade No.1-DS500
Lithium
Grease fitting SEP Grease
Grease
Genuine Hitachi LLC
Radiator Coolant
(Long-Life Coolant)

7-24
 MAINTENANCE

A. Greasing
Front Joint Pins
Bucket --- every 10 hours
Others --- every 10 hours for the first 100 hours
every 50 hours after that
You can also lubricate the machine by using grease fittings
provided on each section of the machine without using the
auto-lubrication system. Follow the instructions below to
lubricate the machine. MJAA-07-011
Perpendicular to the Ground

f NOTE: When lubricating the machine with the backhoe

front attachment, fully extend the arm cylinder, control the
bucket cylinder in such a way so that the bucket bottom plate
is kept perpendicular to the ground, and lower the boom to
the ground by using boom cylinder as shown in figure right.
Setting the machine in this position allows you to access all
lubricating spots.

Lubricate all fittings shown in the figure.

The fast-filling device is provided to easily lubricate high
lubrication spots.
 Boom Foot

M162-07-005

 Boom Cylinder Bottom Side

M162-07-034

 Bucket and Link Pins

Lubricate the bucket every 10 hours.

M1J1-07-058

7-25
 MAINTENANCE
 Boom and Arm Joint Pin, Arm Cylinder Rod Pin and Bucket
Cylinder Bottom Pin

M162-07-006

 Boom Cylinder Rod Pins and Arm Cylinder Bottom Pin

M162-07-005

7-26
 MAINTENANCE
Swing Bearing
--- every 500 hours

dbucket
CAUTION: Before lubricating the machine, lower the
on the ground, stop the engine and pull the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.

Three grease fittings are provided.

Greasing Method
1. Lower the bucket on the ground, stop the engine and
pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Then, lubricate the swing bearing.
2. Raise the bucket several inches off the ground and rotate M111-07-010
the upperstructure 45° (1/8 turn).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 three times.
4. Apply grease to the swing bearing until grease can be
seen escaping from the swing bearing seals.
Take care not to supply excessive grease.

7-27
 MAINTENANCE
Swing Internal Gear
--- every 500 hours

dbucket
CAUTION: Before lubricating the machine, lower the
on the ground, stop the engine and pull the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.

1. Remove cover (1) located at the front side of the

upperstructure frame.
2. Ensure the grease is evenly and nicely applied on top
surface of all internal gear teeth of the swing bearing 1
without contamination. Add approximately 0.5 kg of M1J1-07-024
grease, if required.
3. If the grease is contaminated, remove grease by opening
cover (2) at the undercarriage side and replace with
clean grease.
Grease Capacity (L)
Model Capacity
ZX470-5 class 17 L
ZX670-5 class 20 L
ZX870-5 class 22 L

2 M116-07-042
f NOTE: If excessive grease is filled in the swing gear, grease
may enter the gear case of the swing device while swinging
the upperstructure. Be sure to fill the same amount of grease 2
as you removed.
4
Check the direction of cover (2). If the cover is installed on the
wrong direction, water may enter into the unit.
Correct Incorrect
Replace packing (4) if it deteriorates.
MDAA-07-029

7-28
 MAINTENANCE

Automatic Lubrication (Optional)

The automatic lubrication device uses grease-tank-attached
electric pump (1) to automatically lubricate the greasing
points on the front attachment at intervals. Turn auto
lubrication switch (2) ON, then confirm that auto lubrication 2
displays (4) display on monitor (3).
Electric pump (1) is set to operate for duration of
approximately 2 minutes at 50 operating minutes intervals.

Electric pump (1) is located in the right front cover.

Electric pump (1) and grease tank (6) are all-in-one designs. M1J1-03-001

The following points are lubricated by the automatic 2

lubrication device.
As for the bucket and link pins, use a grease gun to
lubricate them. (Refer to the heading “Greasing” in the
“MAINTENANCE” section.)

Check Grease Quantity/Add Grease

M1J1-01-018
Check Grease Quantity: 4
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Check remaining grease quantity in grease tank (6)
located in the tool box.
3

IMPORTANT: Check grease tank (6) and add grease as

needed so that the tank does not become empty. If
the electric pump is operated with the grease tank
empty, air will get into lubrication lines, resulting in
insufficient lubrication.
MJAA-01-013

M1J1-07-085

7-29
 MAINTENANCE
Adding Grease Via Grease Fittings Using Grease Gun:
7
Add grease into grease tank (6) via grease fitting (7) located on
the top of the tank using a electric grease gun.
Note that grease may not be able to added via grease fitting 8
(7) in cold weather as grease becomes hard. Be sure to fill
the tank full before this happens so that adding grease is 6
not required while the weather is cold. If adding grease is
required in cold weather, warm the grease cartridge. (The
capacity of the tank is approximately 2 liters which could cover
approximately 2000 to 2400 operating hours.)

IMPORTANT: 1
 Check grease tank (6) and add grease as needed
M1J1-07-085
so that the tank does not become empty. If electric
pump (1) is operated with grease tank (6) empty, air
will get into lubrication lines, resulting in insufficient
lubrication.
 Do not remove grease tank (6) upper cover (8) when
greasing. Sand and garbage may enter into grease
tank (6).
Take special care to keep clean free from dirt when
refilling.
 Be careful not to allow dust to enter grease tank (6).
Electric pump (1) may be damaged if dust becomes
mixed into the auto lubrication system.

fNOTE: Electric pump (1) is equipped with a safety valve. If

the pump delivery pressure exceeds 34 MPa (350 kgf/cm2,
4980 psi), grease will be discharged from the safety valve. If
this happens, contact your authorized dealer for inspection.
Also, contact your authorized dealer for any failure of
equipment or lines, or for any inquiries.

7-30
 MAINTENANCE

Automatic/Manual Lubrication (Optional)

IMPORTANT: The auto-lubrication system is not applied
to the bucket connection pins, swing bearing, swing
gears, and track adjuster. Manually lubricate these 1
systems.

Auto-Lubrication
IMPORTANT:
 The system will not operate unless grease pump
switch (1) is ON. In case the system does not operate,
check if grease pump switch (1) is ON
 Check that lubrication mode switch (3) is in the AUTO
position before shifting lubrication control valve
lever (2) to the AUTO position. In case lubrication M16J-OP9-001
mode switch (3) is in the MANUAL position, auto-
lubrication alarm on the monitor panel comes ON.
In this case, the lubricator will continue to supply
2
grease, possibly resulting in oversupplying of
To Distributor
grease.
 If the follow plate is incorrectly set, the grease pump
may not discharge grease even if a sufficient amount Manual
of grease is present in the grease tank. Correctly set
the follow plate. (Refer to the descriptions on the From Grease
grease container replacement in the lubricator.) Pump

1. Turn grease pump switch (1) ON.

Auto
2. Move lubrication control valve lever (2) in the lubricator To Hose
Reel
box to the AUTO position.
M162-07-061
3. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) on the switch panel
under the left armrest to the AUTO position.

M1J1-03-001

M1J1-01-032

7-31
 MAINTENANCE
4. Confirm auto-lubrication displays (5) display. In case 5
auto-lubrication alarm on monitor panel (4) stays ON,
the following problems may be present in the auto-
lubrication line. Check the cause of the problem and take
the corrective action as described below until auto-
lubrication alarm goes OFF.
4

 The grease can is empty.

When auto-lubrication alarm comes ON, open the grease
can and check the grease level. Replace the grease can as
needed.

 The lubrication mode switch is in the MANUAL Position. MJAA-01-013

When auto-lubrication alarm stays ON, check if
lubrication mode switch (3) is in the AUTO position If not, 3
turn lubrication mode switch (3) to the AUTO position.

 The distributor or pipeline is clogged.

Even after the above checking is conducted, in case auto-
lubrication alarm still stays ON, stop auto-lubrication
and manually lubricate. Then, consult your nearest
Hitachi dealer for further tracing to find the cause of the
problem. M1J1-01-032

IMPORTANT: After completing lubrication, release the

remaining pressure to protect the grease pump from
being damaged. 6

5. Loosen check valve (6) or operate the grease gun to

release the remaining pressure from the pump unit and
the hoses in the hose reel (The pressurized grease may
be slightly discharged from check valve (6) drain port at
this time).

M16J-OP9-001

7-32
 MAINTENANCE
Manual Lubrication
Perform manual lubrication using a manual lubricator.
Manually lubricate the bucket joint pins, swing bearing, 1
swing gears in addition use manual lubrication system
when adjusting the track sag or in case the auto-lubrication
system fails.

IMPORTANT: The system will not operate unless grease

pump switch (1) is ON, Check if grease pump switch (1)
is ON in case the system does not operate.

1. Turn grease pump switch (1) ON.

2. Move lubrication control valve lever (2) in the lubricator M16J-OP9-001
box to the MANUAL position. 2
3. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) on the switch panel
under the left armrest to the MANUAL position. Auto-
lubrication alarm on the monitor panel comes ON at this
time.
Manual

fNOTE: A lit the auto-lubrication alarm does not mean that

the auto-lubrication system has become inoperable. This is a
normal operation at this time. Auto

4. Using the lubricator and grease gun, add grease to the

respective greasing points.
M162-07-064

IMPORTANT: After completing lubrication release the

remaining pressure to protect the grease pump from
being damaged.

M1J1-03-001

M1J1-01-032

7-33
 MAINTENANCE
5. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) to the OFF Position.
3
6. Loosen check valve (6) or trigger the grease gun to
release the remaining pressure from the pump unit and
the hoses in the hose reel (The pressurized grease may
be slightly discharged from check valve (6) drain port at
this time.)

M1J1-01-032

M16J-OP9-001

7-34
 MAINTENANCE

Lubricator (Optional)
Greasing Method 8

1. Turn power switch (8) ON to activate pump (1). Grease is

sucked up and supplied to high-pressure grease gun (3). 1
2
IMPORTANT: When pump (1) begins to suck grease, any
air inside pump (1) will be mixed in, making grease
turn whitish. Open check valve cock (2) to bleed this
air-mixed grease.
Securely close check valve cock (2) when all air-mixed
grease is bled out.
M111-07-011

M111-07-012

7-35
 MAINTENANCE
2. Get high-pressure grease gun (3) and pay out the hose 1
from hose reel (4) to the length required. 8
3. Press hydro-chuck (5) protruding from high-pressure
grease gun (3) into a grease fitting and pull the lever to
discharge grease.
4. Release the lever when greasing is complete; grease
discharge will stop.
5. When detaching hydro-chuck (5) from grease fitting (7),
grease fitting (7) tip may break unless a special care, is
taken, as follows:
6. Tilt nozzle (6) a little so as to release the connecting
pressure applied to hydro-chuck (5). Slowly detach
hydro-chuck (5) from grease fitting (7). 5
7. When all greasing work is complete, turn power
switch (8) OFF, then pull grease gun (3) lever to release 6
remaining pressure from grease gun (3), pump (1), and
the hose so as to ensure long life of the components. A
little grease will be discharged at this time. 3

f NOTE: The hose has a limited service life. Periodically inspect

the hose for cracks, grease leakage, or any other damage. If
any damage is found, replace the hose.
4
M111-07-012

M111-07-013

7-36
 MAINTENANCE
Grease Container Replacement 1
When the grease container becomes empty, follow the
procedure below to replace it.

IMPORTANT: When replacing grease container (4), be

sure that no sand or debris sticks to suction tube (5)
or to follower plate (3). If foreign matter, such as sand,
gets into grease, damage to pump (1) and to parts
7
being lubricated will result.
If follower plate (3) is not correctly positioned inside
the container, pump (1) may not suck grease, even with
grease remaining in the container. Reposition the plate 2
correctly if this happens. 6

3
5
4

M111-07-014

7-37
 MAINTENANCE
1. Loosen wing bolts (2) located on pail cover (7). Remove 1
pail cover (7) and follower plate (3) from empty grease
container (4).
2. Replace grease container (4) with new one.
3. Place follower plate (3) flat on the new grease container
(4). Using both hands, press follower plate (3) down
while moving both hands back and forth along the
periphery of the container inside, as illustrated. Apply 7
grease to the back of follower plate (3) to fill concaved
sections; this will prevent air from mixing into the grease
contents.
2
4. Press the follower plate until grease comes out of seal 6
packing (6) hole.
5. Slowly insert suction tube (5) into the center hole of 3
follower plate (3). 5

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage seal packing (6) by 4

the end of suction tube (5) when inserting it.

6. Be sure that pail cover (7) correctly settles on the M111-07-014

container. Equally tighten each wing bolt (2) to pail cover
(7) to securely attach the pump assembly onto grease
container (4).
7. After replacing grease container (4), insert the sway lock
bracket attached on pail cover (7) into the bracket in the
lubricator box.
3

M111-07-087

Grease Container

M1JB-07-055

7-38
 MAINTENANCE

B. Engine 2

Check Engine Oil Level

--- check daily

Check oil level before starting the engine. The oil level should
be between the upper and lower marks on dipstick (1).
If necessary, add the recommended engine oil via oil filler (2).
Recheck oil level after adding the oil.

ZX470-5 class 1
M16J-07-006

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-062

1 2

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-046

Max.
Min.
M178-07-011

7-39
 MAINTENANCE
2
Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter
--- every 500 hours

d CAUTION:
 Immediately after the machine was operated, all
engine parts are hot. Wait for the engine to cool
before starting any maintenance work.
 Do not spill oil while adding oil. Wipe off any spilled
oil. Spilled fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris,
accumulated coal dust, and other flammables may
cause fires.

ZX470-5 class
1 M16J-07-006
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Arrange 55 liter capacity container to receive the drain
oil.
3. Remove oil filler cap (2).
4. Ensure that drain cock (4) of the engine oil pan is closed.
Remove plug (3) of the engine oil drain block.
5. Slowly open drain cock (4) of the engine oil pan to drain Engine Oil Drain
Plug
engine oil.
6. After all oil has been drained, inspect the cloth for any
debris such as small pieces of metal. MJAC-07-042
Close
Close drain cock (4). Install drain plug (3) to the original
position.
(to the page 7-42)
Open

Opening/Closing Drain Cock MJAC-07-043

(The illustration shows closing condition.)

4
Oil Pan

Clean Cloth

Container
MJAC-07-044

7-40
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670-5, 870-5 class
2
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance". 1
2. Arrange 52 liter capacity container to receive the drain
oil.
3. Remove oil filler cap (2).
4. Remove cap (4) from oil pan drain valve (3). Install
drainer (5) to drain valve (3). Screw drainer (5) into drain
valve (3). Drain valve (3) will be opened to drain oil.
IMPORTANT: Install drainer (5) to the drain valve slowly.
Oil may exhaust in large quantities when suddenly
tightened.
ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-062

5. After all oil has been drained, inspect the cloth for any
debris such as small pieces of metal. 1 2
6. Remove drainer (5). Install cap (4) to drain valve (3).

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-046

3, 4

Oil Oil M1U1-07-045

Oil Pan Oil Pan

5
3

Clean Cloth

Container
Screw
5

Oil
M104-07-010 M1U1-07-002 M1U1-07-046

7-41
 MAINTENANCE
7. Remove the filter cartridges of engine oil filter (6) by
turning it counterclockwise with the filter wrench.
8. Pour clean oil in the new cartridge, not letting it
overflow. Apply a thin film of clean oil on the gasket
(O-ring) of the new filter. Install new filter. Turn the filter
cartridge clockwise by hand until the gasket touches the
contact area.
9. Tighten the filter 3/4 to 1 turn more using the filter
wrench. Be careful not to overly tighten the cartridge
element. Deformation of the cartridge may result.
10. Fill the engine with recommended oil through the oil 6
filler. ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-017

Engine Oil Capacity : 52 L

11. Check that the oil level is between the minimum and
maximum level scales on the dipstick. Then, start the
engine.
12. After starting the engine, check no oil is leaking from the
sealing surface.
13. After running the engine at slow idle speed for approx.
5 minutes, stop the engine. Then, check the oil level 15
minutes later. Add or drain oil if necessary and recheck
the oil level. The oil level should be between the upper
and lower marks on the dipstick.
6
ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-018
IMPORTANT:
 When filling new oil, take care not to allow foreign
matter to enter the engine.
 Do not re-use cartridge element (6).

6
MJAC-07-034
ZX870-5 class

7-42
 MAINTENANCE

C. Transmission
2 1
Pump Transmission (ZX670-5, 870-5 class)

Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. When the oil level is correct, it can be seen between
marks on level gauge (1).
3. If necessary, remove filler plug (2) and add oil.
4. Recheck oil level after adding the oil. MJAC-07-047

7-43
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours 5

Clean Air Breather--- every 1000 hours

1 4
d WARNING: Oil may be hot just after operation. Wait
for the engine to cool before starting any maintenance
work.

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page

7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Remove filler plug (1).
3. Remove drain plug (2) located at left rear of the frame.
Open drain cock (3) to drain oil. Drain oil into 10 liter
capacity container covered by clean cloth. After all oil MJAC-07-047
has been drained, inspect the cloth for any debris such
as small pieces of metal.
4. Close drain cock (3). Install drain plug (2).
5. Refill oil though filler port (1).
6. Refill oil through the oil filler port of filler plug (1) until 3
oil level is between the upper and lower marks on level
gauge (4). 2
7. Install filler plug (1).
8. Remove air breather (5). Clean the air breather.
After cleaning air breather (5), wrap a seal tape around
the air breather.
M1JB-07-044
Tightening torque
Oil Filler Plug 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)
Air Breather 15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m)
Specified Range
4

M16J-07-048

7-44
 MAINTENANCE
Swing Reduction Gear 1

Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. When the oil level is correct, it can be seen between
marks on level gauge (1).
3. If necessary, remove filler plug (2) and add oil.
4. Recheck oil level after adding the oil.
2

ZX470-5 class MJAA-07-030

ZX670-5 class M1J7-07-005

2 ZX870-5 class MJAA-07-099

Specified Range
1

M16J-07-048

7-45
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours 1

dfor
WARNING: Oil may be hot just after operation. Wait
the engine to cool before starting any maintenance
work.

3
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Remove drain plug (4) mounted at the tip of the drain
hose under the swing reduction gear. Open drain cock
(3) to drain gear oil.
3. Close drain cock (3). Install drain plug (4). 3 2
MJAA-07-030
4. Remove filler port cap (2). Refill oil until oil level is in the ZX470-5 class
specified range of level gauge (1).
2
5. Recheck oil level after adding the oil.

Model Oil Capacity

ZX470-5 class 6.5 L×2
ZX670-5 class 10.5 L×2
ZX870-5 class 15.7 L×2

1 2 M1J7-07-005
ZX670-5 class
1

2 MJAA-07-099
ZX870-5 class

4
4 M1JB-07-002 MJAA-07-032
ZX670-5, 870-5 class ZX470-5 class

7-46
 MAINTENANCE
Travel Reduction Gear
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

d WARNING:
 Immediately after the machine was operated, all
parts of the travel device are hot. Wait for the engine
to cool before starting any maintenance work.
 There may be pressure accumulated inside of the
travel device. Remove the plug only after releasing
pressure by slowly loosening the air bleed plug two
to three turns.
Air Release Plug
 Failure to do so may cause the plug to fly off or the (Oil Supply Plug)
gear oil to gush out, possibly resulting in personal
injury. Keep body and face away from the air release Oil Level Check
plug. Horizontal Plug
Oil Level

1. Park the machine on a solid level surface.

2. Rotate the travel motor until plug (1) (air release and oil
Drain Plug
supply) is in the top position as shown in figure right.
MDAA-07-047
3. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
4. Wait for the gear oil t cool. Slowly loosen plug (1) to 1
release air pressure.
5. Remove plugs (1 and 2). When the oil level is correct, the
gear oil will flows out of the tapped hole of plug (2). 2
6. If necessary, refill oil until the gear oil flows out of the
tapped hole of plug (2).
7. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level 3
check plug (2) and air release plug (1) with sealing-type
tape. Reinstall the plugs. Tighten the plug.
Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7.0 kgf·m) M157-07-170

8. Check opposite side of the travel device for oil level.

7-47
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 2000 hours

d WARNING: 1
 Immediately after the machine was operated, all
parts of the travel device are hot. Wait for the engine
to cool before starting any maintenance work.
2
 There may be pressure accumulated inside of the
travel device. Remove the plug only after releasing
pressure by slowly loosening the air bleed plug two
to three turns. 3

 Failure to do so may cause the plug to fly off or the

gear oil to gush out, possibly resulting in personal
injury. Keep body and face away from the air release M157-07-170
plug.

1. Park the machine on a solid level surface.

2. Rotate the travel motor until plug (1) (air release and oil
supply) is in the top position as shown in figure right.
3. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
4. Wait for the gear oil t cool. Slowly loosen air release plug
(1) to release air pressure. Tighten air release plug (1).
5. Remove drain plug (3) and plug (1), in that order, to drain
oil.
6. Clean drain plug (3). Wrap the threads of drain plug (3)
with sealing-type tape. Reinstall and tighten the plug.
Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7.0 kgf·m)
7. Remove oil level check plug (2).
8. Refill oil until oil flows out of the tapped hole of plug (2).
9. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level
check plug (2) and air release plug (1) with sealing-type
tape. Reinstall the plugs. Tighten the plug.
Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7.0 kgf·m)
10. Perform steps 4 to 9 for the opposite travel device.

7-48
 MAINTENANCE

D. Hydraulic System
Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic
Equipment
IMPORTANT: Never adjust parts of engine fuel system or
hydraulic equipment.

dhydraulic
CAUTION: When checking and/or servicing the
components, pay special attention to the
following points.
1. Be sure that the machine is parked on a level, firm
surface before servicing hydraulic equipment.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground and stop the engine.
3. Begin servicing hydraulic components only after
components, hydraulic oil and lubricants are completely
cooled, and after releasing residual pressure.
3.1 Before checking and/or servicing the hydraulic system,
be sure to release the residual pressure from the
cylinder circuits of the boom, arm and the bucket,
swing piping and pilot piping. This machine provides
the accumulator in order to deliver pressure oil to
the operation control circuit for a while (approx. 10
seconds) after the engine stops.
3.2 Bleed air from the hydraulic oil tank to release internal
pressure.
3.3 Immediately after operation, all hydraulic components
and hydraulic oil or lubricants are hot and highly
pressurized. Begin inspection and/or maintenance
work only after the machine has cooled down.
Servicing heated and pressurized hydraulic
components may cause plugs, screws and/or oil to fly
off or escape suddenly, possibly resulting in personal
injury. Hydraulic components may be pressurized even
when cooled.
Keep body parts and face away from the front of plugs
or screws when removing them.
3.4 Even after air pressure in the hydraulic oil tank is
released, when the machine is parking on a slope, the
oil pressure in the travel motor and the swing motor
circuits are maintained at high pressure as the reaction
force of the machine weight is constantly applied
to the travel motor. Never check and/or service the
machine parking on a slope.

7-49
 MAINTENANCE
IMPORTANT:
 When connecting hydraulic hoses and pipes, take
special care to keep seal surfaces free from dirt and
to avoid damaging them.
 Wash hoses, pipes, and the tank interior with a
washing liquid and thoroughly wipe it out before
reconnecting them.
 Only use O-rings that are free of damage or defects.
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
Do not allow high pressure hoses to twist when
connecting them. The life of twisted hoses will be
shortened considerably.

IMPORTANT:
 Do not use hydraulic oils other than those listed in
the table "Brand names of recommended hydraulic
oil".
 When adding hydraulic oil, always use the same
brand of oil; do not mix brands of oil. When using
another manufacturer's hydraulic oil, be sure to
change the full amount.
 The new machine is filled with hydraulic oil of NEW
LANDY HN (change interval: every 4000 hours).
When adding or changing the hydraulic oil, continue
to use the NEW LANDY HN.

IMPORTANT: Never run the engine without oil in the

hydraulic oil tank.

7-50
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Full-Flow Filter Element
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system to become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate
the hydraulic oil.
Failure to adhere to proper maintenance intervals may result in damage to the base machine and the breaker.
In order to extend the service life particularly of the hydraulic pump, change the hydraulic oil and the full-flow filter
element at the specified frequency given below.
Check machine service hours by using the breaker hour meter.

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
Full Flow Filter Element
Attachment Availability Hydraulic Oil
Breaker Return Filter Element
2000
Bucket 100 % 1000
4000
Hydraulic Breaker 100 % 600 100
 : Replacement intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the "Brand Names of
Recommended Hydraulic Oil" in the MAINTENANCE section.

When using high performance element

100
Average Breaker Operating Availability (%)

90
Element Replacement Intervals
80

70

60 Changing Interval when using 2000-hour

life time hydraulic oil
50

40 Changing Interval when using

4000-hour life time hydraulic oil
30

20

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Changing Intervals (hours) MJAC-07-045

7-51
 MAINTENANCE
Check Hydraulic Oil Level
--- daily
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Open front left cover. Check oil level with level gauge (1)
at the side of the hydraulic oil tank. When the oil level is
correct, it can be seen between marks on level gauge (1). M104-07-021

dthe
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push
air bleed button on the air breather to release air.
Carefully remove the cap.

Refill oil 1

3. Push the air bleed button on the air breather to release

air. Remove the cover.
4. Refill oil. Check oil level with level gauge (1).
5. Install the cover. Ensure that the filter and the rod
assembly are installed in the correct position.

ZX470-5 class MJAA-07-037

ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-020

ZX870-5 class MJAA-07-044

7-52
 MAINTENANCE
Water Drain from Hydraulic Oil Tank
--- every 250 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Start work only after oil
temperature cools, or conduct work before operating
the machine in the morning.

1. Park the machine on a solid level surface and rotate the

upperstructure 90° (1/4 turn).
M104-07-117
2. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance". 1
3. After leaving the machine without operating to cool the
oil temperature, bleed air pressure from the hydraulic oil
tank.

dbleed
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push air
button (1) of the air breather before removing
plug (2).
M1J1-07-006

4. Push air bleed button (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic
oil tank.
5. Remove plug (2) from drain cock (3) on the bottom of
3
the hydraulic oil tank and slowly open drain valve (3) to
drain water and/or sediment from the hydraulic oil tank.

2
M1J1-07-037

7-53
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil
--- every 4000 hours or 2000 hours

Suction Filter Cleaning

--- each time when hydraulic oil is changed

dduring
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work.

IMPORTANT: Changing interval differs according to the

brand of hydraulic oil used, kind of filter element or
average attachment operating availability. (Refer to
7-51)

7-54
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil
1. Park the machine on a solid level surface and rotate the
upperstructure 90° (1/4 turn).
2. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
3. Clean top face of the hydraulic oil tank to prevent dust
M104-07-117
from entering into the hydraulic system.
2 1
d CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push air
bleed button (1) of the air breather before removing
cover (2).

4. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank.
5. Remove filler port cover (2). Level Gauge
6. Arrange a container with the hydraulic oil capacity.
Remove oil by using a suction pump. Specified Range

The hydraulic oil tank capacity is as follows.

ZX470-5 class 310 L M157-07-016

ZX670-5 class 380 L
ZX870-5 class 500 L
7. Remove plug (4) from drain cock (3) on the bottom of
the hydraulic oil tank and slowly open drain cock (3) to
3
drain remaining oil from the hydraulic oil tank.

2
M1J1-07-037

7-55
 MAINTENANCE
8. Remove cover (1) and rod assembly (2). 1

9. Clean the inside of the hydraulic oil tank and the suction
filter.
When replacing the suction filter, install new filter to rod 4 2
(2) as shown in the figure.
Tightening Torque: 15 to 20 N·m (1.5 to 2 kgf·m)
10. Before installing the suction filter, check the dimension 3
of rod assembly (2) shown in figure right. Securely insert
rod assembly (2) into pipe (3).
11. Clean drain plug (6). Install drain plug (6). Close drain
cock (5).
12. Refill hydraulic oil until the oil level is in the specified
range of the level gauge.
M1J1-07-060
13. Before securing cover (1) with bolts, ensure the top edge ZX470-5 class: 945 mm
of the rod assembly (2) is completely inserted into the ZX670-5 class: 1220 mm
hole of support (4). ZX870-5 class: 1220 mm

Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5.0 kgf·m)

14. Be sure to bleed air form the system following the 20 mm
ZX470-5 class: 157 mm
procedures shown next page. ZX670-5 class: 157 mm
ZX870-5 class: 195 mm
15. Replace the element at the recommended regular
intervals to keep the hydraulic oil clean and to extend
the service life of the hydraulic equipment.
2

Rod Assembly M107-07-070

Level Gauge

Specified Range

M157-07-016

M1J1-07-037

7-56
 MAINTENANCE
Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System
After changing hydraulic oil, bleed air from the hydraulic Engine
system by following the procedures below.

IMPORTANT: If the hydraulic pump is not filled with oil, it

will be damaged when the engine is started. Bleed air
from the pump.
6
 Bleeding Air from Pump
1. Remove air bleed plugs (6) and (7) on top of pumps.
2. Refill hydraulic oil until oil flows out of the holes of air
bleed plugs (6) and (7).
3. Temporally tighten plugs (6) and (7) of each pump. Start
to run the engine at slow idle speed.
Slightly loosen plug (6) or (7). Allow air to bleed from
the pump through the clearance until hydraulic oil
permeates around the plug.
After bleeding air, securely tighten plugs (6) and (7).
Perform same procedure for the other pumps. ZX470-5 class M16J-07-050
4. Start to run the engine at slow idle speed. While moving
all cylinders and the swing motor evenly, lightly operate 6
the machine for 15 minutes.
5. Rest the bucket on the ground to resume the hydraulic
oil level check position.
6. Turn the auto-idle switch OFF.
7. Stop the engine. Remove the key.
8. Be sure to place the pilot control shut-off lever to the
LOCK position.
9. Stop the engine. Check the oil level. Add oil as needed.

 Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Circuit

1. After filling hydraulic oil, start the engine. While moving ZX670-5, 870-5 class (Main Pump) MJAA-07-100
all cylinders and the swing motor evenly, lightly operate
the machine for 10 to 15 minutes.
As the air bleeding device is provided in the pilot circuit,
air will be released by conducting above operation for 5
minutes.
2. Perform steps 5 to 9 of "Bleeding air from Pump" 7
Engine
described above.

ZX670-5, 870-5 class (Fan Pump) M1JB-07-046

7-57
 MAINTENANCE
Replacement of Full-Flow Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

Procedures: 8
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".

dbleed
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push air
button (8) of the air breather before removing
cover (2).
M1J1-07-006
2. Push air bleed valve (8) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank. 1 2
3. Loosen bolts (1) (6 used) to remove cover (2) and O-ring
(3).
When removing cover (2), slowly remove the cover while 3
pressing the cover downward so that spring (4) does not 4
fly off.
5
4. Remove spring (4), valve (5) and element (6).
5. When installing new element (6) into the hydraulic oil 6
tank, replace O-ring (3) with a new one at the same time.
Take extra care never to allow water or dust to enter the
filter case.
6. Install cover (2) with bolts (1) (6 used).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5.0 kgf·m)
7. After replacing the filter element, bleed air from the
hydraulic system and check the oil level in the hydraulic
oil tank.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System".)
M111-07-040
If the machine is operated with air mixed in the hydraulic
circuit, damage to the pump may result.
8. Replace element (6) at the regular interval to keep
hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the
hydraulic components.

7-58
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Pump Drain Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

8
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".

dbleed
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil filter is pressurized. Push air
button (8) of the air breather before removing
filter (2).

2. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil M1J1-07-006
tank.
3. Rotate the hexagonal section on the bottom of the drain
filter cartridge type element (2) counterclockwise with a
spanner to remove the filter from the filter head.
4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on the sealing section of new
element (2). Lightly rotate the element clockwise by
hand until the element comes in contact with the filter
head.
5. Tighten the cartridge filter element further approx. 1/2
turns using the filter wrench. Be careful not to overly
tighten the element. Deformation of the element may
result.
6. Start the engine. Check that no hydraulic oil leaks are ZX470-5 class 2 M1J1-07-010
present.
7. Replace the element at the regular interval to keep
hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the
hydraulic components.

2 2

ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-024

ZX870-5 class MJAA-07-044

7-59
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Pilot Oil Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool M104-07-021
before starting any maintenance work.
1

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page

7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".

dbleed
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push air
button (1) of the air breather before removing
the pilot filter.
M1J1-07-006
2. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank.

7-60
 MAINTENANCE
3. Rotate the hexagonal section on the bottom of pilot
filter cartridge element (3) counterclockwise by using
a spanner to remove cartridge element (3) from head
cover (2).
4. Clean O-ring contact surface on head cover (2).
2
5. Apply thin film of clean hydraulic oil on the gasket of
new cartridge element (3).
6. Taking care not to damage, turn the cartridge element
(3) clockwise by hand until the O-ring touches head
cover (2).
7. After replacing the filter element, bleed air from the
hydraulic system and check the oil level in the hydraulic
oil tank. 3

( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System".)

If the machine is operated with air mixed in the hydraulic
circuit, damage to the pump may result. M1U1-07-050
8. Replace the element at the recommended regular
intervals to keep the hydraulic oil clean and to extend
the service life of the hydraulic equipment.

ZX470-5 class M1J1-07-009

ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-024

ZX870-5 class MJAA-07-044

7-61
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Air Breather Element
--- every 4000 hours

dduring
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

Procedures:
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".

dair
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Push the
bleed valve of the air breather before removing the
element.

2. Push the air bleed valve of the hydraulic oil tank to bleed
air from the hydraulic oil tank.
3. Rotate cover (2) clockwise approx. 1/4 turns. Remove cap
(1) by rotating it counterclockwise.
MJAA-07-036
4. Rotate cover (2) counterclockwise and remove it.
Remove element (3).
5. Install new element (3). Tighten to install cover (2) until
cover (2) comes in contact with element (3). Then,
further tighten the cover 1/4 turn. 1

6. Securely tighten cap (1) clockwise by hand. While

holding cap (1) by hand so that cap (1) does not rotate,
securely tighten cover (2) by rotating counterclockwise 5
to 10° by hand.
2
7. Take care never to allow water and/or contaminant to
stay between cover (2) and body (4) (air breathing port).
3
8. Replace element (3) at the regular interval to keep
hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the
hydraulic components.

M1G6-07-001

7-62
 MAINTENANCE
Check Hoses and Lines
--- daily
--- every 250 hours

d WARNING:
 Hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fire that
may result in serious injury. Check for missing or
loose clamps, kinked hoses, lines or hoses that rub
against each other, damaged oil cooler, and loose oil
cooler flange bolts, for leaks.
 Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin SA-031
causing serious injury. To avoid this hazard, search
for oil leaks with a piece of cardboard. Take care to
protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately.
 Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or
damaged clamps, hoses and lines.
 Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
 Never install bent or damaged hoses or lines.

According to the check points shown below, check hoses and

SA-292
lines for oil leaks and damage.
If any abnormality is found, replace or retighten as instructed
in the table.

SA-044

Hose
3 2
Interval Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours)
1
Daily Check Hose covers Leak (1) Replace
2
Hose ends Leak (2) Replace
3
Fittings Leak (3) Retighten or replace hose
or O-ring M137-07-008

3 2

1
2
3

M115-07-145

7-63
 MAINTENANCE

4
Interval Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours) 5
Every 250 Hose covers Damage or leak (4) Replace
hours Hose ends Damage or leak (5) Replace
Hose covers Exposed reinforcement (6) Replace M115-07-146

Hose covers Crack or blister (7) Replace 7

Hose Bend (8), Collapse (9) Replace 6
Hose ends and Deformation or corrosion (10) Replace
Fittings

M115-07-147

M115-07-148

10
Lines M115-07-149

Interval Check Points Abnormalities Remedies

12
(hours) 13
11
Daily Check Contact surfaces of flange joints Leak (11) Replace
Bolts Loose or leak (11) Retighten or
replace O-ring M137-07-001

Welded surfaces on flange joints Leak (12) Replace 12

Every 250 Flange joint neck Crack (13) Replace 13
hours Welded surfaces on flange joints Crack (12) Replace
Clamps Missing or deformation Replace or M137-07-007
Loose bolts retighten

7-64
 MAINTENANCE
Oil Cooler
Interval Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours)
Every 250 Coupling Leak (14) Retighten or replace
hours Oil Cooler Leak (15) Replace

15

ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-020

14
15

14

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-063

14

14
14
15

14

14

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-035

7-65
 MAINTENANCE
Service Recommendations for Hydraulic Fittings
Two hydraulic fitting designs are used on this machine.

 Flat Face O-ring Seal Fitting (ORS Fitting)

O-ring (1) is used on the sealing surfaces of adapter (2) to 2 1 4 5
prevent oil leakage.

Precautions for Use

1. Replace O-ring (1) with a new one when assembling
fittings.
2. Check that O-ring (1) is properly fitted in O-ring groove 3 6
M104-07-033
(3). Tighten union (4).
Tightening union (4) with O-ring (1) out of the groove
may damage O-ring (1) and cause oil leak.
3. When assembling fittings, take care not to make a dent
on O-ring groove (3) of adaptor (2) and sealing surface
(6) on hose (5) or valve side. Failure to do so may result in
damage to O-ring (1) leading to oil leak.
4. If oil leaks from a loose connection of union (4), do not
tighten fitting (2). Open the connection, replace O-ring
(1) with new one and check for correct O-ring position
before tightening the connection.

Tightening torque
Tighten fittings to the torque values shown below.
±10 %
Wrench size (mm) 27 32 36 41, 46 50
Tightening N·m 95 140 180 210 260
torque (kgf·m) (9.5) (14.0) (18.0) (21.0) (26.0)

7-66
 MAINTENANCE
 Metal Face Seal Fittings
7 9 8 10 5
Metal joint is used in small diameter joint which seals
pressure oil by metal flare (10) and metal flare sheet (9).
1. Check flare (10) and flare sheet (8) for contamination and
scratches.
2. Tighten adapter (7) by hand.
3. Tighten adapter (7) and nut (8) to the torque values
M202-07-051
shown below. Do not allow hoses to twist when
tightening the adapter.

Tightening torque
Tighten fittings to the torque values shown below.
Wrench size (mm) 17 19 22 27
Tightening N·m 25 30 40 80
torque (kgf·m) (2.5) (3.0) (4.0) (8.0)

7-67
 MAINTENANCE

E. Fuel System

d CAUTION: Beware of fire.

Fuel is flammable. Keep fuel away from fire hazards.

Recommended Fuel
Use only DIESEL FUEL (JIS K-2204) (ASTM D-975). Kerosene
must NOT be used.
Besides, using bad quality fuel, drainage agent, fuel
additives, gasoline, kerosene or alcohol refueled or mixed
with specified fuel may deteriorate performance of fuel
filters and cause sliding problem at lubricated contacts
in the injector. It also affects the engine parts, leading to
malfunction.

7-68
 MAINTENANCE
Refueling

dthe
CAUTION: Take extra care when handling fuel. Stop
engine when refilling fuel. Keep fire away from
1

the machine when refilling fuel or doing maintenance

work of fuel system.
IMPORTANT:
 Take care not to allow dirt and/or water to enter the
fuel tank.
 Wipe off any spilled fuel.

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page

7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance". MDAA-01-001

2. Check oil level with level gauge (1).

Add fuel if necessary. 2

3. To avoid condensation, fill the tank at the end of each

day's operation. Tank capacity is as follows.

Model Tank Capacity 3

ZX470-5 class 705 L
ZX670-5 class 920 L
ZX870-5 class 1110 L
Do not fill the tank more than specified. Stop filling when
fuel becomes visible in fuel level gauge (3). MJAA-07-102
ZX470-5 class
4. Immediately after fueling, install and lock filler cap (2) to
prevent vandalism and loss.
2

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-064

MJAA-07-045
ZX870-5 class

7-69
 MAINTENANCE
Drain Fuel Tank Sump
--- daily
Before starting operation, open drain valve (4) to drain water
and/or sediment from the fuel tank.

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page

7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Place 0.5 liter or larger capacity container under the
drain hose to collect drain.
3. Open drain valve (4) to drain water and/or sediment
from the fuel tank. 4 MJAA-07-101
ZX470-5 class
4. After draining water, securely tighten drain valve (4).

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-065

4 MJAA-07-046
ZX870-5 class

7-70
 MAINTENANCE
Check Water Separator
--- every 50 hours
Water separator (3) is a device designed to separate water from 3
the fuel. There is a float inside the case which buoys when
water accumulates.
When the float rises to water draining level (5) indicated on the
outer surface of the case, drain water.

IMPORTANT: If high water content fuel is used, check

float level in the shorter interval and drain water.

Drain Procedures
ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-025
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Check that the fuel cock at the vicinity of the fuel pre-
filter is opened. 3
3. Place 0.5 liter or larger capacity container under the
drain hose to collect drain.
4. Loosen drain plug (6) at lower part of water separator (3)
to drain water. If it is difficult to drain, loosen plug (4) on
the top of water separator (3).
5. After draining water, securely tighten drain plugs (4) and
(6).
6. Bleed Air from the Fuel System ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-066

After draining water from the water separator, bleed air

from the fuel supply system. (Refer to "Bleed Air from the 3
Fuel System" on the next page.)

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-040

M110-07-031

7-71
 MAINTENANCE
Bleed Air from the Fuel System
Air in the fuel system may make the engine hard to start or
make it run irregularly.
After running the fuel tank dry, draining water and sediment
from the water separator or replacing the fuel filter element,
be sure to bleed air from the fuel system.

Main Points to Bleed Air

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
1
2. Check that the fuel cock at the vicinity of the fuel pre-
filter is opened.
3. Ensure that plug (1) at the top of water separator (3) and 3
drain plug (4) are closed.
4. Loosen joint bolt (2) at the outlet port of the fuel filter.
Move feed pump (5) up and down until no air bubble is
mixed in the fuel.
4

f NOTE: Do not loosen plug (1) at the top of water separator

(3) when bleeding air.
M110-07-031
If plug (1) is loosened, air bleeding cannot be done.

5. Close joint bolt (2) at the outlet port of the fuel filter.
Move feed pump (5) up and down until it becomes
heavy, then, tighten joint bolt (2). 2
6. Start the engine. Check the fuel supply system for fuel
leaks.

M111-07-046

7-72
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Fuel Main Filter
--- every 500 hours

IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi 1

elements for the main fuel filter element and the pre-
filter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the
engine performance and/or shorten the engine service
life. Please be noted that all engine failures caused
by using other manufacturers' elements are excluded
from Hitachi Warranty Policy.

ZX470-5 class M111-07-091

Procedures:
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Close the fuel cock at the vicinity of the fuel pre-filter.
3. Remove main filter (1) with a tool.
For safety and in order not to pollute the ground with 1
fuel, be sure to drain fuel on a container.
4. Apply thin film of clean fuel on the gasket of new main
filter (1).
5. Lightly rotate main filter (1) by hand until the seal surface
comes in contact with the gasket.
6. Tighten the filter 1/2 to 3/4 turn more using a filter ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-066
wrench.
Be careful not to overly tighten main filter (1).
Deformation of the filter may result.
7. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the
fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".) 1

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-040

7-73
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter
--- every 500 hours

Pre-Filter
IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi
elements for the main fuel filter element and the pre-
filter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the
engine performance and/or shorten the engine service
life. Please be noted that all engine failures caused
by using other manufacturers' elements are excluded
from Hitachi Warranty Policy.

ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-021

Pre-Filter

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-067

Pre-Filter

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-036

7-74
 MAINTENANCE
Procedures:
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page 2
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
3
2. Close cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
3. Remove cartridge filter (2) with a tool. For safety and
in order not to pollute the ground with fuel, be sure to
drain fuel on a container.
4. Apply thin film of clean fuel on the gasket of new
cartridge filter (2).
5. Lightly rotate cartridge filter (2) by hand until the seal
surface comes in contact with the gasket. ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-021

6. Tighten the filter 1/2 to 3/4 turn more using a filter

wrench. Be careful not to overly tighten cartridge filter
(2). Deformation of the filter may result.
7. After replacing the cartridge filter, open cock (3).
8. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the
fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".)

3 2

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-067

3 2

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-036

7-75
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Feed Pump Strainer
--- every 1000 hours
3 1
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Close the fuel cock at the vicinity of the fuel pre-filter.
3. Remove strainer (3) mounted on joint bolt (1) at fuel
supply side of feed pump (2). Wash removed strainer (3) M157-07-191
with light oil.
4. After washing strainer (3), install strainer (3) to joint bolt
(1). Install joint bolt (1) to feed pump (2).
5. Open the fuel cock at the vicinity of the fuel pre-filter.
6. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After washing the feed pump strainer, bleed air from the 2
fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".)
1

M111-07-090

7-76
 MAINTENANCE
Check Fuel Hoses
---daily
--- every 250 hours

dinCAUTION: Fuel leaks can lead to fires that may result

serious injury.
 Escaping combustible fluid can cause fires. Check for
kinked hoses, hoses that rub against each other, and
any fuel leaks.
 Repair or replace any loose or damaged hoses.
 Never reinstall bent or damaged hoses.

According to the check points shown below, check hoses for

oil leaks and damage.
If any abnormality is found, replace or retighten as instructed
in the table.

Hose
Interval Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours)
1
Daily Check Hose ends Leak (1) Retighten or replace 2
Hose covers Wear, crack (2) Replace
Every 250 Hose covers Crack (3) Replace
hours 1
Hose ends Crack (4) Replace
Hose Bend (5), Collapse (6) Replace M137-07-003
Hose fittings Corrosion (7) Replace
3

M137-07-004

M137-07-005

7
M137-07-006

7-77
 MAINTENANCE

F. Air Cleaner 2

Clean Air Cleaner Element

--- every 250 hours or when the restriction indicator
comes ON
Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
--- after cleaning 6 times or after one year

ZX470-5 class
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1), MJAC-07-011
inner (4)). 3
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance". 1
2. Remove clamp (3) and cover (2).
3. Remove outer element (1). At this time, do not remove
inner element (4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm2)), wear safety glasses or
goggles.

IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against

other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse MJAC-07-012
5
inner element (4).
4. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to 4
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage
is found, replace the element with new one.
5. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace outer element (1)
with new ones. Replace inner element (4) at the same
time.
IMPORTANT: Do not install element (1) and/or the cover
forcibly when installing the clamps. Failure to do so
MJAC-07-013
may result in deformation of clamps (3), element, and/
or cover.
f NOTE: Install outer element (1) while fitting it with the grove
of body (5). If the groove has not fit when installing, it will
make difficult when removing the outer element.

7-78
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670-5 class
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1),
3
inner (4)).
1. Remove mounting nut (3) from cover (2). Remove outer
element (1). At this time, do not remove inner element
(4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2

goggles.
2 MJAC-07-068
IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against
other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse
inner element (4).
2. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
1
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage
is found, replace the element with new one.
3. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace both outer and inner
elements with new ones.

f NOTE: Install outer element (3) while fitting it with the grove MJAC-07-069
of body (5). If the groove has not fit when installing, it will
make difficult when removing outer element (3).

MJAC-07-070

7-79
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870-5 class
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1), 3
inner (4)).
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
2. Remove mounting nut (3) and cover (2).
3. Remove outer element (1). At this time, do not remove
inner element (4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2
2 MJAC-07-029
goggles.

IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against

other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse 1
inner element (4).
4. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage
is found, replace the element with new one.
5. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace outer elements with
MJAC-07-030
new ones. Replace inner element (4) at the same time.

f NOTE: Install outer element (3) while fitting it with the grove
of body (5). If the groove has not fit when installing, it will
make difficult when removing the outer element.
4

MJAC-07-031

7-80
 MAINTENANCE

G. Cooling System
Coolant
IMPORTANT: Use fresh water or normal tap water as a
coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline water. Use
the coolant with genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant
(LLC) mixed by 30 to 60 %.

Antifreeze Mixing Ratio

Air ZX470-5 class ZX670-5 class ZX870-5 class

Mixing Ratio
Temperature Antifreeze Soft water Antifreeze Soft water Antifreeze Soft water
[%]
[°C] [L] [L] [L] [L] [L] [L]
-1 30 18.3 42.7 20.4 47.6 33.6 78.4
-15 35 21.4 39.6 23.8 44.2 39.2 72.8
-20 40 24.4 36.6 27.2 40.8 44.8 67.2
-25 45 27.5 33.5 30.6 37.4 50.4 61.6
-30 50 30.5 30.5 34 34 56.0 56.0
-50 60 36.6 24.4 40.8 27.2 67.2 44.8

Precautions for handling antifreeze

d CAUTION: Antifreeze is poisonous.

 Antifreeze is poisonous; if ingested, it can cause
serious injury or death. Induce vomiting and get
emergency medical attention immediately.
 If antifreeze is accidentally splashed into eyes, flush
with water for 10 to 15 minutes and get emergency
medical attention.
 When storing antifreeze, be sure to keep it in a
clearly marked container with a tight lid. Always
keep ANTIFREEZE out of the reach of children.
 Use attention to fire hazards. LLC is specified as a
dangerous substance in the fire protection law.
 When disposing of LLC, be sure to comply with
all local regulations. When storing or disposing
of antifreeze, be sure to comply with all local
regulations.

7-81
 MAINTENANCE
Check Coolant Level 1
--- daily
With the engine cold, the coolant level must be between the
FULL and LOW marks on coolant reservoir (2).
If the coolant level is below the low mark, add coolant to
coolant reservoir (2).
d CAUTION: Do not remove cap (1) until the coolant
temperature in the radiator becomes cool. Hot steam
may spout out, possibly causing severe burns. After
the coolant temperature has cooled, slowly loosen cap
(1) to release the inside air pressure before removing
cap (1). MJAC-07-037

2
If coolant reservoir (2) is empty, add coolant to the radiator
and then to coolant reservoir (2).

FULL

LOW

ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-022

2
FULL

LOW

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-071

2

FULL

LOW

ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-038

7-82
 MAINTENANCE
Change Coolant
--- twice a year (in spring and autumn)

f NOTE: When genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used,

change interval is once every two years (in autumn every
other year) or every 4000 hours whichever comes first.

dsystem
CAUTION: Do not loosen the radiator cap until the
has cooled. Hot steam may spout out, possibly
causing severe burns. Loosen the cap slowly to the
stop. Release all pressure before removing the cap.

Procedure:
SA-039
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 "Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance".
1
2. Remove the under cover. Remove drain cock cover (1) of
the radiator for ZX670-5, 870-5 class.
3. Place a suitable container under drain cock (2) of the
radiator and drain cock (3) of the engine water jacket to
receive drain coolant.
4. Remove the radiator cap. Open drain cocks (2) and
(3) to allow the coolant to drain completely. Remove
impurities such as scale at the same time.

M1J7-07-018

M1J7-07-022

M1J1-07-044

7-83
 MAINTENANCE
5. Close drain cocks (2) and (3) and fill the cooler with clean
soft water or tap water with the radiator cleaner.
Coolant Capacity
ZX470-5 class 61 L
ZX670-5 class 68 L 5
ZX870-5 class 112 L

6. Start the engine and run at a speed slightly higher than

slow idle; when the needle of the temperature gauge
reaches the green zone (5), run the engine for about ten
more minutes.
MDAA-01-001
7. Stop the engine and open radiator drain cock (2). Flush
out the cooling system with tap water, until draining
water is clear. This helps remove rust and sediment.
8. Close drain cocks (2) and (3). Fill the radiator with soft 2
water containing fewer impurities or tap water up to the
radiator filler port. At this time, mix the antifreeze or anti-
rust agent. When adding coolant, do so slowly to avoid
mixing air bubbles in the system.
9. Run the engine at slow idle for several minutes. Check
if no coolant leaks at drain cocks (2), (3). Run the engine
with gradually increase its speed for about ten more
minutes, increase coolant temperature until the needle
of the temperature gauge reaches the green zone (5) to
sufficiently bleed the air from the cooling system.
M1J7-07-022
IMPORTANT: After adding coolant, remaining air
circulates inside the engine. Avoid sudden acceleration
or sudden no load operation right after starting the
engine.

10. After adding coolant, operate the engine for several

minutes. Check the coolant level of the reserve tank
again. Add coolant if necessary. 3

M1J1-07-044

7-84
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler (ZX670-5, Radiator
870-5 class) Core
Outside --- every 500 hours
Inside --- once a year

d(Less
WARNING: Use reduced compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ) for cleaning purposes.
2
Oil Cooler

Wear personal protection equipment including eye

protection.

IMPORTANT: If air with pressure of higher than 0.2 MPa

(2 kgf/cm2) or tap water with high delivery pressure is
used for cleaning, damage to the radiator/oil cooler/ Air Conditioner M16J-07-064
Condenser
inter cooler fins may result. ZX470-5 class

If dirt or dust is accumulated on the cores of radiator, oil cooler

or inter cooler (ZX870-5 class), cooling system performance Inter Cooler Oil Cooler
decreases. Clean them with compressed air pressure (lower
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm2)) or tap water. It will prevent a
reduction in cooling system performance.

Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler (ZX670-5,

870-5 class) Front Screen
--- every 500 hours

IMPORTANT: Check the screen daily and replace it if

necessary when the machine is operated in dusty
areas. Air Conditioner Condenser Radiator

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-072

Clean Air Conditioner Condenser
--- every 500 hours
Inter Cooler Oil Cooler
IMPORTANT: Check the screen daily and replace it if
necessary when the machine is operated in dusty
areas.

Radiator Air Conditioner Condenser

ZX870-5 class
MJAC-07-055

7-85
 MAINTENANCE

H. Air Conditioner 1
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter

Clean Circulating/Fresh Air Filters

Circulating Air Filter ... Every 250 hours
Fresh Air Filter ... Every 250 hours 2

Replace Circulating/Fresh Air Filters

Circulating Air Filter ... When the filters are severely
clogged or after cleaning 6
times
MDAA-07-040
Fresh Air Filter ... Every 1000 hours

Removing Fresh Air Filter

1. Insert the key into keyhole (2) on left cab side cover (1).
Then, rotate the key counterclockwise to unlock the key.
Open cover (1). 4

2. While pressing knobs (4) on both sides of fresh air filter

(3) inward, horizontally remove the fresh air filter.

3 M1U1-07-011

Removing Recirculation Filter 5

1. Recirculation filter (5) is located under the rear tray.

2. Holding grips (6), pull them toward you to remove.

MDAA-07-039

7-86
 MAINTENANCE

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2

goggles.

Cleaning
Clean the circulating and fresh air filters.
Clean both the external and internal filters by blowing
compressed air or washing with water.

Washing procedure with water is as follows:

1. Use tap water.
2. Submerge the filter in water containing a neutral
detergent for about 5 minutes.
3. Clean the filter with water again.
4. Dry the filters.

Installation
Rear Side of Cab
When installing the cleaned circulating/fresh air filter or
new filters, follow the reverse order of the Removing Filter
procedures described on the previous page.

 Fresh Air Filter

Use attention when installing the filter so that the notch
faces the back of the cab and the stamped arrows face
the air conditioner unit.
Operator's Seat
After installing the filter, install the upper cover while Side
aligning it with the duct. M1U1-07-013

 Circulating Air Filter Support

While contacting the attached filter plate onto the duct,
install the filter so that the clips align with the duct
mounting holes.

MDAA-07-039

7-87
 MAINTENANCE

Check Air Conditioner

--- every 250 hours

Check pipe connections for refrigerant gas leakage

If oil seepage is found around pipe connections, it indicates
possible gas leakage.

Check Refrigerant
Start the engine and run at 1500 min-1(rpm).
Turn the air conditioner switch ON. Set the blower switch
to HI and set the temperature control switch to the coolest
position (18 °C on the monitor screen). Operate the air
conditioner 2 to 3 minutes. Check if cool air comes out from
the vent in the cab.

Kind of refrigerant and amount when shipping the

machine

Model Type Amount

ZX470-5 class
ZX670-5 class HFC134a 1.05±0.05 kg
ZX870-5 class

Check the condenser

If the condenser fins become clogged with dirt or insects,
the cooling effect will be decreased.
Be sure to keep it clean at all times. (Refer to "Clean Air
Condenser" in Maintenance Section.)

Check compressor
After operating the air conditioner for 5 to 10 minutes,
touch the high-pressure side and low-pressure side pipes
with your hand.
If normal, the high-pressure side pipe will be hot, and the
low-pressure side cold.

7-88
 MAINTENANCE
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension
Fan Pulley
--- every 250 hours
Alternator
Check fan belt tension by depressing the midpoint between Pulley Idle Pulley
the crank pulley and the idle pulley with the thumb. Deflection
Deflection
must be as follows with a depressing force of approximately 98 Push 6 to 10 mm
N (10 kgf ). (about 98N,
10kgf)
Deflection: approx. 6 to 10 mm
If tension is not within specifications, loosen the bolts for the
idle pulley mounting bracket to adjust belt tension. Visually
check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary. Crank Pulley

Air Compressor Pulley

ZX470-5 class M16J-07-053

Idle Pulley
Push
(about 98N, 10kgf) Deflection
6 to 10 mm

Crank Pulley

Air Compressor Pulley

ZX670-5, 870-5 class M1J1-07-064

Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas

--- every 250 hours
Check tightness of compressor or other mounting bolts, hose
connections and fittings.
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then check every
monthly inspection.
Torque Specifications for Hose Connections:
Tightening Torque:
Wrench size mm
N·m (kgf·m)
19 15 to 20 (1.5 to 2.0)
24 25 to 30 (2.5 to 3.0)
27 30 to 35 (3.0 to 3.5)
ZX470-5 class MJAC-07-001

ZX670-5 class MJAC-07-073 ZX870-5 class MJAC-07-002

7-89
 MAINTENANCE
Check at Preseason and Off-Season
--- Twice a year

Preseason maintenance
IMPORTANT: Before beginning of the season, consult
your authorized dealer for maintenance of the air
conditioner in order to operate it in good condition
during the season.

This maintenance includes replenishment of refrigerant,

inspection and replacing (if necessary) of circulating and
fresh air filters, line connections, pressure switches and
inspection and cleaning of evaporator.

Off-season maintenance

dinWARNING: Do not attempt to loosen connections

air conditioning circuit when the air conditioner
malfunctions. Doing so may cause high pressure gas to
spout, resulting in serious injury. Keep hands back.

IMPORTANT: Do not remove the air compressor driving

belt during off-season. Consult your authorized dealer
for repairing the air conditioner.

1. Operate the compressor once a week at low speed for

several minutes in order to maintain its parts in well
lubricated condition.
2. Be sure to run the engine at slow idle and place the
temperature control switch in MEDIUM COOL. This
operation also prevents refrigerant leakage caused by
dried up shaft seal.
3. Check for refrigerant leakage. If the refrigerant level is
low during off-season, rust will be formed inside the
circuit.

7-90
 MAINTENANCE

I. Electrical System
IMPORTANT:
 Improper radio communication equipment and
associated parts, and/or improper installation
of radio communication equipment affect the
machine's electronic parts, causing involuntary
movement of the machine.
Incorrectly installed electrical equipments may cause
unexpected machine failure and/or a fire on the
machine.
Be sure to consult your nearest Hitachi dealer when SA-032
required to install radio communication equipment
or additional electrical parts.
 Never attempt to disassemble or modify the
electrical/electronic components. If replacement
or modification of such components is required,
contact your authorized dealer.

Battery

d WARNING:
 Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames
away from batteries.
 Do not leave cover (1) removed. Do not keep tools,
metals or flammables around the battery or inside
the battery room. If a metal tool is placed across the
battery terminal and a vehicle component such as SA-036
the engine block, sparks may be created, possibly
resulting in fire and/or explosion.
 Use a flashlight to check electrolyte level. 1

 Do not continue to use or charge the battery when

electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of
the battery may result.
 Charge the batteries in a well ventilated location.
 Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing,
and cause blindness if splashed into the eyes.

To avoid hazards:
1. Charge batteries in a well ventilated place.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. When refilling electrolyte, do not inhale gas.
4. Do not spill or drop electrolyte. Batteries MJAC-07-078
5. Perform jump-starting in the correct procedure.

7-91
 MAINTENANCE
If electrolyte spills on your skin and/or clothes: Batteries Location
1. Immediately flash the skin with water.
2. Sprinkle sodium hydrogen carbonate or caustic lime
to neutralize an acid.
3. If electrolyte is accidentally splashed into eyes, flush
with water for 15 to 30 minutes and get emergency
medical attention.

In case electrolyte is swallowed:

1. Do not attempt to make the exposed person vomit.
2. Give the person large amounts of water or milk.
3. Get emergency medical attention.

IMPORTANT:
 When the battery is required to refill distilled water
ZX470-5 class M1J1-07-014
in cold weather, refill water before starting work in
the day or before charging the battery.
 If the battery is used with the electrolyte level lower
than the specified lower level, the battery may
deteriorate quickly.
 Do not supply battery electrolyte more than
the specified upper level. Electrolyte may spill,
damaging the painted surfaces and/or corroding
other machine parts.
f NOTE: In case electrolyte is refilled more than the specified
upper level line or beyond the bottom end of the sleeve,
remove the excess electrolyte until the electrolyte level
is down to the bottom end of the sleeve using a pipette.
After neutralizing the removed electrolyte with sodium ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-081
bicarbonate, flush it with plenty of water, otherwise, consult
the battery manufacturer. Or, consult the battery maker.

ZX870-5 class MJAA-07-054

7-92
 MAINTENANCE
Electrolyte Level Check --- every one month
Check the electrolyte level at least once a month.
1. Park the machine on level ground and stop the engine.
2. Check Electrolyte Level
2.1 When checking the level from the battery side:
Clean around the level check lines with a wet towel.
Do not use a dry towel. Static electricity may be
developed, causing the battery gas to explode. Check
if the electrolyte level is between U.L (Upper Level) and U.L (Upper Level)
L.L (Lower Level). L.L (Lower Level)
M146-07-109
In case the electrolyte level is lower than the middle
Filler Port
level between the U.L and L.L, immediately refill with
distilled water or commercial battery fluid.
Be sure to refill with distilled water before recharging
(operating the machine). Sleeve
U.L (Upper Level)
After refilling, securely tighten the filler plug. L.L (Lower Level)
Separator Top
2.2 When impossible to check the level from the battery M146-07-110
side or no level check mark is indicated on the side:
After removing the filler plug from the top of the Proper
battery, check the electrolyte level through the filler Since the electrolyte surface touches the bottom end of
port. It is difficult to judge the accurate electrolyte the sleeve, the electrolyte surface is raised due to surface
level in this case. Therefore, when the electrolyte level tension so that the electrode ends are seen curved.
is flush with the U.L, the level is judged to be proper. M146-07-111
Then, referring to the right illustrations, check the
level. When the electrolyte level is lower than the
Lower
bottom end of the sleeve, refill with distilled water or
commercial battery fluid up to the bottom end of the When the electrolyte surface is lower than the bottom
sleeve. end of the sleeve, the electrode ends are seen straight.
M146-07-112
After refilling, securely tighten the filler plug.
Be sure to refill with distilled water before recharging
(operating the machine).
2.3 When an indicator is available to check the level, follow
the checking results.
3. Always keep around the battery terminals clean to
prevent battery discharge. Check terminals for loose
and/or rust.
Check terminals for loose and/or rust. Coat terminals
with grease or petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion build
up.
M409-07-072

7-93
 MAINTENANCE
Check electrolyte specific gravity --- every one month

d WARNING: If electrolyte spills on your skin and/or clothes:

 Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames 1. Immediately flash the skin with water.
away from batteries. 2. Sprinkle sodium hydrogen carbonate or caustic
lime to neutralize an acid.
Use a flashlight to check electrolyte level. 3. If electrolyte is accidentally splashed into eyes,
flush with water for 15 to 30 minutes and get
 Battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough
emergency medical attention.
to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into the eyes. In case electrolyte is swallowed:
 Never attempt to contact a metal bar to the 1. Do not attempt to make the exposed person
electrode to check charge condition. Use a voltmeter vomit.
2. Give the person large amounts of water or milk.
or hydrometer. 3. Get emergency medical attention.

IMPORTANT: Measure the electrolyte specific

To avoid hazards: gravity when the electrolyte temperature is
1. Charge batteries in a well ventilated place.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. equal to the atmospheric temperature.
3. When refilling electrolyte, do not inhale gas. Do not check the electrolyte specific gravity
4. Do not spill or drop electrolyte. immediately after operation as the correct value
5. Perform jump-starting in the correct procedure. can not be obtained.

Check the electrolyte specific gravity for each battery

cell.

The electrolyte specific gravity varies depending on

change in the electrolyte temperature. The specific
gravity should be kept within the range shown below.
Charge the battery if the specific gravity is below the
limit.

Recommended range of specific gravity by electrolyte temperature

40 °C

20 °C
Working Range

Fluid temp. 0 °C

–20 °C

–40 °C
1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.33

Specific gravity of battery fluid

M104-07-054

7-94
 MAINTENANCE
Replacement of Battery
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cable (-) before
making adjustments to electrical systems or before
performing welding on the machine. If the machine
is equipped with the battery disconnect switch
(optional), turn the disconnect switch OFF.

This machine provides two 12 V batteries. The negative (-)

terminal is grounded.
In the 24 V system, in case one of two batteries (12 V) is
deteriorated but another one is still available, change the
deteriorated one with a new same type of battery. If a
maintenance free battery is deteriorated, change it with
same type of new maintenance free battery, for example.
Different type of battery has different charging capacity.
If different type batteries are charged at the same time,
battery may be overloaded, malfunction of batteries may
result.

7-95
 MAINTENANCE
Replacing Fuses
Fuse Box 1 Fuse Box 2
--- as necessary
If any electrical equipment fails to operate, first check the
fuses. Fuse box is located behind the operator's seat.

f NOTE:
 One each spare fuse for respective fuse capacities is
provided in the fuse box.
 A fuse removing jig is provided in the fuse box.

Fuse Box 1
10- CONTROLLER 5A 20- OPTION3 5A
MDAA-01-297
9- BACKUP 10 A 19- HORN 10 A
Spare Fuses
8- ECF 5A 18-
7- START 5A 17- POWER ON 5A 10 20
6- OPTION2 20 A 16- GLOW. R 5A 9 19
5- OPTION1 5A 15- AUXLIALY 10 A 8 18

4- SOLENOID 10 A 14- MONITOR 5A 7 17

6 16
3- HEATER 20 A 13- LIGHTER 10 A
5 15
2- WIPER 10 A 12- RADIO 5A
4 14
1- LAMP 20 A 11- EC MOTOR 10 A 3 13
2 12
Fuse Box 2 1 11

30- AUTO LUB. 10 A 40- SPARE

29- LIGHT1 20 A 39- SPARE
28- PCV 15 A 38- SPARE M1GR-01-003
27- AUXLIALY3 5A 37- SPARE
26- QUICK HITCH 5A 36- SPARE
25- IMOBI 5A 35- LUBRICATOR 10 A 30 40

24- 12V UNIT 10 A 34- AUXILIARY2 10 A 29 39

28 38
23- CAB LAMP REAR 10 A 33- WARNING LAMP 10 A
27 37
22- CAB LAMP 10 A 32- CAB LAMP 10 A
26 36
FRONT FRONT+2
25 35
21- SEAT HEATER 10 A 31- SEAT COMPR. 10 A
24 34
23 33
22 32
21 31

M1GR-01-003

7-96
 MAINTENANCE
 Fusible Link (Main Fuse)
In case the starter won't rotate even if the key switch is 21
turned to the START position, fusible link may be the cause
of the trouble. Remove the cover next to the engine coolant
reservoir to check the fuse. Replace it if blown.
21- + Side (Red)
45 A
22- – Side (Black)
65 A
22

Battery MJAA-07-055

ZX470-5 class

21
22

Battery
ZX670-5, 870-5 class MJAA-07-056

7-97
 MAINTENANCE

J. Miscellaneous
Check and Replace Bucket Teeth
---daily
1 2
Check bucket teeth (1) for wear and looseness.
Replace teeth (1) if tooth wear exceeds the designated service
limit shown below.
Limit of
Model Kind of Bucket New Parts No.
Use
ZX470-5 Standard Bucket 254 mm 120 mm 4471407
A M1J1-07-065
class Rock Bucket 280 mm 140 mm 4350781
ZX670-5 Standard Bucket 280 mm 140 mm 4350781
class Rock Bucket 306 mm 160 mm 4472424
ZX870-5 Standard Bucket 306 mm 160 mm 4472424
class Rock Bucket 315 mm 160 mm 4255718

IMPORTANT: When tooth point (1) is used in excess of the

service limit, a hole will be made on the tooth point,
which makes the nose exposed and worn out, and will
eventually break or let the tooth point fall off.

Procedures:

d WARNING:
 Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal.
 Wear goggles or safety glasses, and safety
equipment appropriate to the job.

Removing the tooth point 1

1. Preparations for removing tooth point.
Hit the left and right top ends and the left and right lugs
of tooth point (1) alternately with hammer to knock off 2
pebbles, soil, etc., stuck in the gap between tooth point
(1) and adapter (2).

M1J1-07-066

7-98
 MAINTENANCE
2. Driving out locking pin
Remove pebbles, dirt, etc., completely from the gap
between lock pin (3) and adapter (2). Place pin-removing
jig on the top end of lock pin (3) and hit it with hammer
2
to remove lock pin (3).
1
When driving out the pin, first hit with a shorter jig until
top end of lock pin (3) comes to the upper end position
of the lug of tooth point (1), and then use the longer jig
to remove lock pin (3). 3
M1J1-07-067

3. Removing the tooth point

Turn tooth point (1) to the left, twist and pull it toward 3
you to remove it. M1J1-07-068

IMPORTANT:
 Check if lock pin (3) has cracks. If it has, replace the
lock pin (3) with new one.
 While the pin and plug can withstand several 1
replacements of the tooth point, be sure to check
whether they are usable or not when replacing tooth
point (1).

Mounting the tooth point

1. Mounting the tooth point
Clean the top end of the adapter nose. Also check that
lock pin (3) has no cracks. M1J1-07-066

If pebbles, dirt, etc., are stuck to the adapter nose, tooth

point (1) will not insert properly and the pin cannot be
driven in.
Insert tooth point (1) slowly until the tooth point comes 1
to the end of the adapter nose while twisting and
turning it to the right.

M1J1-07-066

7-99
 MAINTENANCE
Inserting the lock pin 3
Insert lock pin (3) facing toward adapter (2) nose. With tooth
point (1) fully inserted onto adapter (2), tap lock pin (3) into
tooth point (1) with a hammer until the top of lock pin (3)
comes flat with the nose surface. (i.e. until lock pin (3) fits
1
into the grooves of tooth point (1).) 2

Other Precautions
1. Lock pin (3) is a pin integrated with rubber. Since rubber
is susceptible to corrosion, do not use grease, oil and
other oily materials when inserting lock pin (3). Do not
use grease, oil and other oily materials when inserting
M1J1-07-070
lock pin (3).
2. In mounting welding-type nose and adapter (2) onto the
bucket, lock pin (3) should be removed from the nose
when preheating and welding. Otherwise the rubber will
be spoiled. Tap lock pin (3) into tooth
point (1) with a hammer
until the top of lock pin
(3) comes flat with the 3
nose surface.

Nose Surface

M1J1-07-071

Upper Side

Tooth Adapter Side

Side

Lower Side M1J1-07-077

7-100
 MAINTENANCE
Change Bucket
---As required

dout,
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in or
guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris. Wear goggles or safety glasses, hard hat and
face shield.

Before starting converting work, keep bystanders clear of the

machine. Slowly move the front attachment. When using a
signal person, coordinate hand signals before starting.

Removal
2
Separation Type O-ring Removal Method
1
1. Place the bucket in a stable position.
2. Loosen nut (2). Remove separation type O-ring (1).
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket.
Separation
Section
2

2
1
Separation Type O-Ring M1J1-07-074

Link

Arm B

Bucket

M503-07-056

7-101
 MAINTENANCE
Installation
Separation Type O-ring Installation Method Link
1. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient grease to
the pins and pin bores. B

2. Place the new bucket in stable position as shown in the A

figure.
3. Fit the arm and alternate bucket. Be sure the bucket will
not roll. Install bucket pins A and B.
4. Install the locking pins and snap rings on pins A and B.
M503-07-056
5. Install separation type O-ring (1) in the direction as
illustrated to the right so that the separation section of
O-ring (1) does not directly come in contact with soil to
2
protect separation type O-ring (1) from being damaged
quickly by soil or foreign matter. 1
6. Install O-ring (1) with care not to make a gap in the
separation section of O-ring (1).
7. Cut off the bolt so that the extended part from nut (2)
becomes 10 mm to 20 mm to protect the separation
Separation
type O-ring (1) from damaging when soil comes in Section
contact with the bolt. 2
8. Apply grease to each pin.
Cut off the bolt
9. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the extended from the
bucket in both directions to check for any interference in nut. 1
bucket movement. (Length of the
Extended Part: 2 M1J1-07-074
10 mm to 20 mm)

7-102
 MAINTENANCE
Removal O-Ring Shift 3
Solid Type O-ring Removal Method
1. Place the bucket in a stable position.
2. Slide solid type O-rings (3) out of the way, as shown.
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket.
Bucket Boss

Link

Arm
B
A

Bucket

M104-07-063
Installation
Solid Type O-ring Installation Method
1. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient grease to Link
the pins and pin bores.
B
2. Place the new bucket in stable position as shown in the
figure. A

3. Install solid type O-ring (3) onto the bucket boss A and B.
4. Join the arm with the hole A, and the link with the hole B
with pins.
5. Install the locking pins and snap rings on each pin.
M503-07-056
6. Install O-ring (3) (seal ring) to the specified positions.
7. Apply grease to each pin.
O-Ring Shift 3
8. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the
bucket in both directions to check for any interference in
bucket movement.

Bucket Boss

M116-07-090

7-103
 MAINTENANCE

Adjust Bucket Linkage

With a bucket attached to the arm, push the bucket on one

side and adjust the shims so that the clearance between the
bucket and the arm end becomes 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
(Two 1 mm shims and two 2 mm shims are shipped together
with the machine)
Model Parts No. Shim Thickness
4264609 1 mm
ZX470-5 class
4264610 1.6 mm
4379157 1 mm
ZX670-5 class Shim Adjustment
4379158 2 mm Position
4643721 1 mm
ZX870-5 class
4643720 2 mm

M104-07-063

Bucket Adjust the shims so that the Pin

clearance is 0.5 to 1.5 mm.

M1JB-07-057
Shims Arm

7-104
 MAINTENANCE

Remove Travel Levers

The travel levers may be removed if desired.

Procedure: 3
4
Remove bolts (1) and (2) to remove travel levers (3) and (4)
from brackets. 2

f NOTE: Wrench size: 17 mm

Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5.0 kgf·m) 1

M178-07-077

Check and Replace Seat Belt

Check --- daily
Replace --- every 3 years
5
Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt (5),
6
buckle (6) and attaching hardware (7). If any item is damaged
or materially worn, replace the seat belt or component before
operating the machine.
We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three
7
years regardless of its apparent condition.

M1U1-07-008

6 5

M1U1-07-009

7-105
 MAINTENANCE

Check Windshield Fluid Level

1
Check fluid in windshield washer tank (1). If the fluid level is
low, remove the cap and add fluid via the opening.

ZX470-5 class MJAA-07-082

ZX670-5 class MJAA-07-083

MJAA-07-084
ZX870-5 class

7-106
 MAINTENANCE
Check Track Sag
--- every 50 hours

Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to raise

the track off the ground as shown. Measure distance (A) at the
middle of the track frame from the bottom of the track frame
to the back face of the track shoe.
Each time, be sure to place blocks under the machine frame to
M104-07-067
support the machine.

dtoCAUTION: To prevent accidents, care should be taken

ensure that hands, feet, and any body parts do not
become entangled when working around the tracks.
Model Appropriate sag A (mm)
ZX470-5G
ZX470H-5G 380 to 430
ZX470R-5G
ZX470LC-5G
ZX470LCH-5G 390 to 440
ZX470LCR-5G M107-07-068
ZX670LC-5G
ZX670LCH-5G 450 to 500
ZX670LCR-5G
ZX870-5G
450 to 500
ZX870H-5G
ZX870LC-5G
ZX870LCH-5G 470 to 530
ZX870LCR-5G

f NOTE: Check track sag after thoroughly removing soil stuck

on the track area by washing.

Adjust Track Sag

1. If track sag is not within specifications, loosen or tighten
the track following the procedures shown on the next
page.
2. When adjusting track sag, lower the bucket to the
ground to raise one track off the ground. Repeat this
procedure to raise the other track. Each time, be sure to
place blocks under the machine frame to support the
machine.
3. After adjusting both side track sags, rotate the tracks
backward and forward to equalize both side track sags.
4. Recheck the track sag once more. Readjust as necessary.

7-107
 MAINTENANCE
Loosen the Track

dtrack
CAUTION: The pressure inside the cylinder of the
adjuster is high. Do not loosen valve (1) quickly
or loosen it too much as valve (1) may fly out or high-
pressure grease in the adjusting cylinder may spout
out. Slowly loosen valve (1) while keeping body parts
and face away from valve (1). Never loosen grease
fitting (2).

IMPORTANT: When gravel or mud is packed between

sprockets and track links, remove it before loosening.
M107-07-075
1. To loosen the track, slowly turn valve (1)
counterclockwise using long socket 24; grease will
escape from the grease outlet.
2. Between 1 to 1.5 turns of valve (1) is sufficient to loosen
2 1
the track.
Do not loosen the valve over that turns.
3. If grease does not drain smoothly, slowly rotate the
raised track.

dtoCAUTION: To prevent accidents, care should be taken

ensure that hands, feet, and any body parts do not
Grease Outlet

become entangled when working around the tracks.

4. When proper track sag is obtained, turn valve (1)
clockwise to the original condition. M16J-07-083
Tightening Torque: 150 N·m (15 kgf·m)

dnot
CAUTION: Consult your authorized dealer if grease is
sufficiently drained. 2

M16J-07-083

7-108
 MAINTENANCE
Tighten the Track

dadjusted.
CAUTION: It is abnormal if the track can not be
The strong force acts on the spring in track
2

adjuster. Therefore, the grease in cylinder is highly

pressurized. In such cases, NEVER ATTEMPT TO
DISASSEMBLE the track or track adjuster, because
of dangerous high-pressure grease inside the track
adjuster. See your authorized dealer immediately.

To tighten the track, connect a grease gun to grease fitting

(2) and add grease until the sag is within specifications.
M16J-07-083

Replace the Track

Special training and expertise are needed to replace the
track. NEVER ATTEMPT to replace the track yourself. Be sure
to ask your authorized dealer for track replacement.

7-109
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Cab Floor
--- as required

IMPORTANT: When cleaning the cab floor with tap

water, spray the floor only. Take care not to splash
the surrounding area. Do not increase water spray
speed by restricting the hose end, and do not use high
pressure steam for cleaning. Be sure to completely
remove any moisture from the surrounding area.

1. Park the machine on solid and level surface. Lower the

bucket to the ground. Before cleaning, stop the engine. MDAA-07-041
2. Sweep the cab floor clean using a brush, and brush dust
from the cab floor while spraying water.
3. When cleaning the floor mat, sweep dust (water) along
the grooves on the floor mat.
4. When cleaning after removing the floor mat, sweep dust
or water through a cleaning hole.

7-110
 MAINTENANCE
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt
--- as required
See your authorized dealer.

Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check of Fuel Injection Timing

--- as required
See your authorized dealer.

Measure Engine Compression Pressure

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check Starter and Alternator

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check Water Pump

--- every 4000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check and Replace Injection Nozzle

--- every 500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

7-111
 MAINTENANCE
Check Gas Damper
--- as required

dhigh-pressure
CAUTION: The gas damper has been charged with
nitrogen gas. Inappropriate handling
may cause explosion, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.

The gas dampers are used in the engine cover and the cab
overhead window. Contact your nearest HITACHI dealer
immediately at any of the following situations.
 The cover or window can not be opened with normal
operating force.
 The cover or window can not maintain its open position.
 Oil or gas leak is found.

Check Cushion Rubber of Handrail (ZX470-5 class) 1

--- Every 2 years or 4000 hours whichever comes first

Cushion rubber (1) is attached to the handrails. If cracks or

damage is found on the cushion rubber, it may result in early
damage of the handrail. Check the condition of the cushion
rubber, if there are cracks and/or damages, replace it.

Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts and MJAC-07-003

Bolts 1
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)

Tighten or retighten nuts and bolts used on this machine in

accordance with the torque values shown in the following
table. Bolts and nuts should be replaced with those of the
same or higher grade.
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250 hours.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in the table
below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart at the end of this
section.

7-112
 MAINTENANCE
ZX470-5 class

No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity LOCTITE Torque

Wrench size N·m (kgf·m)
Fan side 22 2 32 750 (76.5)
Engine cushion rubber
1. Engine - Cushion rubber 22 2 32 750 (76.5)
mounting bolt Pump side
Cushion Rubber - Main Body 18 4 27 400 (41.0)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt 14 8 22 * 180 (18.5)
3. Radiator mounting bolt 16 4 24 * 210 (21.5)
4. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 16 8 24 * 270 (27)
5. Fuel tank mounting bolt 16 8 24 * 210 (21)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
6. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
7. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 12 19 * 90 (9)
8. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 * 400 (40)
9. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 6 30 * 400 (40)
10. Swing device mounting bolts 22 26 32 750 (75)
14 (socket
11. Swing motor mounting bolt 18 24 300 (30)
hole)
12. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
13. Cab mounting nut 16 6 24 210 (21)
14. Cab anchor mounting bolt 22 2 32 550 (55)
Swing bearing Upperstructure side 30 36 46 1950 (195)
15.
mounting bolts Undercarriage side 27 36 41  1400 (140)
Travel device mounting bolt 22 40 32 750 (75)
16. Travel motor mounting bolt 18 8 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 22 48 32  750 (75)
17. Upper roller mounting bolt 18 16 27  400 (40)
Lower roller mounting STD, H, R 22 64 32  750 (75)
18.
bolt LC, LCH, LCR 22 72 32  750 (75)
Track shoe mounting STD, H, R 24 392 32 1370 (137)
19.
bolt LC, LCH, LCR 24 424 32 1370 (137)
STD track guard 22 16 32  750 (75)
Track guard mounting
20. STD full-track guard 22 44 32  750 (75)
bolt
LC full-track guard 22 50 32  750 (75)
Flexible master coupling 8 13 11 to 13 (1.1 to 1.3)
21. Low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1.0)
45 2 65 2400 (240)
22. Counterweight mounting bolt
24 4 36 450 (45)
8 (socket
23. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 50 (5)
hole)
Front pin-retaining bolt 20 15 30 400 (40)
24.
Front pin-retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
8 (socket
25. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 50 (5)
hole)
26. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13 25 to 30 (2.5 to 2.9)

* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean inside
the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed, replace the
bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120N (12 kg) force at the edge of 1 m
long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgff·m) (1 m ×1 120N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm wrench,
you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120N/0.25m=480 N.

7-113
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (76.5 kgf·m)

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (76.5 kgf·m)
MJAC-07-004

Cushion Rubber - Main Body

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (41.0 kgf·m)

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt

Mounting Bolt
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18.5 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-005

7-114
 MAINTENANCE
3. Radiator mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-087

4. Hydraulic oil tank

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 270 N·m (27 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-109

5. Fuel tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M111-07-069

6. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M110-07-048

7-115
 MAINTENANCE
7. Pump transmission mounting bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-006

8. Control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-020

9. Control valve bracket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-052
10. Swing device mounting bolts
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-001

7-116
 MAINTENANCE
11. Swing motor mounting bolt
Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-001

12. Battery mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-014

13. Cab mounting nut

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026
14. Cab anchor mounting bolt
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-054

7-117
 MAINTENANCE
15. Swing bearing mounting bolts
Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M166-07-013

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

16. Travel device mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

Sprocket mounting bolt

M1J1-07-048
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M111-07-078

7-118
 MAINTENANCE
17. Upper roller mounting bolt
Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-026

18. Lower roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M107-07-092

19. Track shoe mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 1370 N·m (137 kgf·m)

M107-07-093

20. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-025

7-119
 MAINTENANCE
21. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low
pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 10.5 to 12.5N·m (1.05 to 1.25 kgf·m)

M1G6-07-008
T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037

7-120
 MAINTENANCE
22. Counterweight mounting bolt
Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2400 N·m (240 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-036

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 450 N·m (45 kgf·m)

M162-07-070

23. Signal control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

7-121
 MAINTENANCE
24. Front pin retaining bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-017

M111-07-083

M111-07-084

7-122
 MAINTENANCE

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M111-07-085

Front pin retaining nut

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M111-07-086

25. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-007

26. Air compressor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 25 to 30 N·m (2.5 to 2.9 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-123
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670-5 class
Wrench Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity LOCTITE
size N·m (kgf·m)
Fan side 27 2 41 1050 (105)
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Pump side 33 2 50 1950 (195)
Fan side 14 8 22 * 210 (21)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt
Pump side 20 12 30 * 400 (40)
3. Radiator mounting bolt 24 4 36 950 (95)
4. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 * 400 (40)
5. Fuel tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 * 300 (30)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
6. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
7. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 14 19 * 110 (11)
8. Pump mounting bolt 20 8 *17 400 (40)
9. Fan pump mounting bolt 16 4 *14 210 (21)
10. Fan motor mounting bolt 12 4 19 110 (11)
11. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 * 400 (40)
12. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 8 30 * 400 (40)
Swing device mounting bolt 22 26 32 750 (75)
13.
Ring gear housing mounting bolt 18 24 *14 300 (30)
14. Swing motor mounting bolt 12 16 *10 90 (9)
15. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
16. Cab mounting nut 16 6 24 210 (21)
Undercarriage side 30 40 46 1950 (195)
17. Swing bearing mounting bolt
Upperstructure side 30 40 46 1750 (175)
Travel device mounting bolt 27 48 41 1400 (140)
18. Travel motor mounting bolt 18 8 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 27 48 41  1400 (140)
19. Upper roller mounting bolt 20 24 30  550 (55)
20. Lower roller mounting bolt 24 64 36  950 (95)
21. Track shoe bolt 27 376 41 2000 (200)
LC full-track guard 27 16 41  1400 (140)
22. Track guard mounting bolt
LCH, LCR full track guard 27 30 41  1400 (140)
23. Track mounting bolt 36 44 55 2800 (280)
Flexible master coupling 8 13 11 to 13(1.1 to 1.3)
24. Low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1)
Counterweight mounting bolt 45 2 65 2800 (280)
25.
Counterweight retaining bolt 24 4 36 700 (70)
26. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 *8 50 (5)
Front pin-retaining bolt 20 24 30 400 (40)
27.
Front pin-retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
Fan mounting bolt 12 6 *10 * 90 (9)
28.
Fan drive coupling mounting bolt 12 3 19 * 110 (11)
29. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 *8 50 (5)
30. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt 16 4 24 210 (21)
31. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13 25 to 30 (2.5 to 3.0)

* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean inside
the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed, replace the
bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120N (12 kg) force at the edge of 1 m
long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgf·m) (1m  120N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm wrench,
you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120N/0.25m=480 N.

7-124
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
(Cushion Rubber - Main Body)
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt

Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (pump side)

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

7-125
 MAINTENANCE
3. Radiator mounting bolt
Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-091

4. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-012

7-126
 MAINTENANCE
5. Fuel tank mounting bolt
Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-021

6. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-004

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M162-07-067

7. Pump transmission mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-047

7-127
 MAINTENANCE
8. Pump mounting bolt
Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-047

9. Fan pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-009

10. Fan motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-074

11. Control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-016

7-128
 MAINTENANCE
12. Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-045

13. A: Swing device mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

B: Ring gear housing mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)
B

A M1J7-07-005

14. Swing motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-005

15. Battery mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-012

7-129
 MAINTENANCE
16. Cab mounting nut
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026

17. Swing bearing mounting bolt

Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1750 N·m (175 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

7-130
 MAINTENANCE
18. Travel device mounting bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

Sprocket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m) M17P-01-001

M17P-07-011

19. Upper roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

M17P-07-031

20. Lower roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M17P-07-032

7-131
 MAINTENANCE
21. Track shoe bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 2000 N·m (200 kgf·m)

M17V-07-051

22. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17P-07-032

23. Track mounting bolt

Wrench size : 55 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

M17P-07-034

7-132
 MAINTENANCE
24. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low
pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 11 to 13 N·m
(1.1 to 1.3 kgf·m)
M1G6-07-008

T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037

25. Counterweight mounting bolt

Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-057

Counterweight retaining bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 700 N·m (70 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-058

7-133
 MAINTENANCE
26. Signal control valve mounting bolt
Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

27. Front pin retaining bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M17P-07-039

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-011

M17V-01-005

7-134
 MAINTENANCE
Front pin retaining nut
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

28. Fan mounting bolt

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-075

29. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-076

7-135
 MAINTENANCE
30. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-097

31. Air compressor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 25 to 30 N·m
(2.5 to 3.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-136
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870-5 class

LOCTITE Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity Wrench size N·m (kgf·m)
Fan side 27 2 41 1050 (105)
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Pump side 33 2 50 1950 (195)
Fan side 14 8 22 * 210 (21)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt
Pump side 20 12 30 * 400 (40)
3. Radiator mounting bolt 27 4 41 1050 (105)
4. Oil cooler mounting bolt 24 4 36 950 (95)
5. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 20 8 30 * 400 (40)
6. Fuel tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 * 300 (30)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
7. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
8. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 14 19 * 110 (11)
9. Pump mounting bolt 20 4×2 17 (socket hole) 400 (40)
10. Fan pump mounting bolt 16 4 14 (socket hole) 210 (21)
11. Fan motor mounting nut 12 2 19 110 (11)
12. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 * 400 (40)
13. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 8 30 * 400 (40)
Swing device mounting bolts 24 14×2 36 950 (95)
14.
Ring gear housing mounting bolt 20 12×2 17 (socket hole) 440 (44)
15. Swing motor mounting bolt 12 12×2 12 (socket hole) 90 (9.0)
16. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
17. Cab mounting nut 16 6 24 210 (21)
Upperstructure side 33 41 50 2200 (220)
18. Swing bearing mounting bolts
Undercarriage side 30 48 46 1750 (175)
Travel device mounting bolt 27 24×2 41 1400 (140)
19.
Travel motor mounting bolt 18 4×2 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 27 24×2 41  1400 (140)
20.
Upper roller mounting bolt 22 24 32  750 (75)
STD, H, R 24 64 36  950 (95)
21. Lower roller mounting bolt
LC, LCH, LCR 24 72 36  950 (95)
STD, H, R 27 376 41 2000 (200)
22. Track shoe mounting bolt
LC, LCH, LCR 27 408 41 2000 (200)
STD track guard 27 16 41  1400 (140)
23. Track guard mounting bolt STD full-track guard 27 32 41  1400 (140)
LC full-track guard 27 36 41  1400 (140)
24. Track mounting bolt 36 44 55 2800 (280)
Flexible master coupling 8 13 11 to 13 (1.1 to 1.3)
25. Low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1.0)
Counterweight mounting bolt 45 2 65 2800 (280)
26.
Counterweight retaining bolt 24 4 36 700 (70)
27. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 8 (socket hole) 50 (5.0)
Front pin retaining bolt 20 24 30 400 (40)
28.
Front pin retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
Fan mounting bolt 12 6 10 (socket hole) * 90 (9.0)
29.
Fan drive coupling mounting nut 16 1 24 * 100 (10)
30. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 8 (socket hole) 50 (5.0)
31. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt 14 4 22 140 (14)
32. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13 25 to 30 (2.5 to 3.0)
* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean inside
the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed, replace
the bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120N (12 kg) force at the edge of 1
m long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgff·m) (1 m ×1 120N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm
wrench, you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120N/0.25m=480
N.

7-137
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt MJAC-07-008

Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

Mounting bolt (fan side)

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

7-138
 MAINTENANCE
3. Radiator mounting bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-011

4. Oil cooler mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-021

5. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-025

6. Fuel tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-021

7-139
 MAINTENANCE
7. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-004

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M162-07-067

8. Pump transmission mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-047

9. Main pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-047

7-140
 MAINTENANCE
10. Fan pump mounting bolt
Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-009
11. Fan motor mounting nut
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-053

12. Control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-016

13. Control valve bracket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-045

7-141
 MAINTENANCE
14. Swing device mounting bolts
Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

Ring gear housing mounting bolt

Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 440 N·m (44 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-099

15. Swing motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 12 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9.0 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-099
16. Battery mounting bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-012
17. Cab mounting nut
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026

7-142
 MAINTENANCE
18. Swing bearing mounting bolts
Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 2200 N·m (220 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1750 N·m (175 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

19. Travel device mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m))

Sprocket mounting bolt

M17V-07-048
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17V-07-019

7-143
 MAINTENANCE
20. Upper roller mounting bolt
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M17V-07-049

21. Lower roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M17V-07-050

22. Track shoe mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 2000 N·m (200 kgf·m)

M17V-07-051

23. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17V-07-050

7-144
 MAINTENANCE
24. Track mounting bolt
Wrench size : 55 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

M17V-07-052

25. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low

pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 11 to 13 N·m (1.1 to 1.3 kgf·m)

M1G6-07-008
T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037

7-145
 MAINTENANCE
26. Counterweight mounting bolt
Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-057

Counterweight retaining bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 700 N·m (70 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-058

27. Signal control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

7-146
 MAINTENANCE
28. Front pin securing bolt (backhoe)
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-003

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

M17V-01-005
Front pin retaining nut
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M162-06-032

7-147
 MAINTENANCE
29. Fan mounting bolt
Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9.0 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting nut

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 100 N·m (10 kgf·m)
M1J1-07-080

30. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5.0 kgf·m)

MJAC-07-009

31. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-100
32. Air compressor mounting bolt
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 25 to 30 N·m (2.5 to 3.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-148
 MAINTENANCE
Tightening Torque Chart

Hexagon Wrench Socket Bolt

Bolt Dia.
Wrench size Socket Bolt Wrench size
mm
mm mm
N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m)
3.3 to 4.2 10 5
6
(0.3 to 0.4)
8 30 (3.0) 20 (2.0) 10 (1.0) 13 20 (2.0) 6
10 65 (6.5) 50 (5.0) 20 (2.0) 17 50 (5.0) 8
12 110 (11) 90 (9.0) 35 (3.5) 19 90 (9.0) 10
14 180 (18) 140 (14) 55 (5.5) 22 140 (14) 12
16 270 (27) 210 (21) 80 (8.0) 24 210 (21) 14
18 400 (40) 300 (30) 120 (12) 27 300 (30) 14
20 550 (55) 400 (40) 170 (17) 30 400 (40) 17
22 750 (75) 550 (55) 220 (22) 32
24 950 (95) 700 (70) 280 (28) 36
27 1400 (140) 1050 (105) 400 (40) 41
30 1950 (195) 1450 (145) 550 (55) 46
33 2600 (260) 1950 (195) 750 (75) 50
36 3200 (320) 2450 (245) 950 (95) 55

dloosened,
CAUTION: If fixing bolts for counterweight are
consult your nearest authorized dealer.

IMPORTANT:
 Apply lubricant (e. g. white zinc B dissolved into
spindle oil) to bolts and nuts to stabilize their friction
coefficient.
 Remove soil, dust, and/or dirt from the nut and bolt
thread surfaces before tightening.
 Tighten nuts and bolts to specifications. If tightened
with excessively low or high torque, missing or
breakage of nuts and/or bolts may result.

7-149
 MAINTENANCE

Check O-rings in Bucket 1

Check --- daily

O-rings (1) are provided on both ends of the bucket joint
pins as illustrated to the right, to prevent soil from entering
the bucket joints and retain the grease in the bucket joints.
Thereby, wear on the bucket joint parts such as the pins and
the arm tip can be reduced. 1
Check O-rings (1) for cracks or any damage. If any, replace 1
O-ring (1) while referring to the separation type O-ring
installation method described below.

M1JB-07-049

Type A (Separation Type O-ring) Installation Method

1
1. Install O-ring (1) in the direction as illustrated to the right
so that the separation section of O-ring (1) does not
directly come in contact with soil to protect O-ring (1)
from being damaged quickly by soil or foreign matter.
2. Install O-ring (1) with care not to make a gap in the Separation
separation section of O-ring (1). Section

3. After installing O-ring (1), cut off the bolt extended from
the nut so that O-ring (1) is not damaged by soil which Cut off the bolt
may come in contact with the bolt. extended from the nut.
1
Separation Type O-Ring M1J1-07-074

7-150
 MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions

Operating Conditions Precautions for Maintenance

Muddy Soil, Rainy or After Operation : Clean the machine and check for cracks, damaged, loose or missing bolts
Snowy Weather and nuts. Lubricate all necessary parts without delay.
Near the Ocean After Operation : The following salt pollution measures must be taken when the machine is
operated at sea or at coastline.
(1) After completing the work, extend/retract the hydraulic cylinders
several times to form oil film on the rod surface. Store the machine with
cylinders retracted as much as possible.
(2) Thoroughly clean the machine with fresh water to wash off salt.
(3) Perform touch up painting periodically on hose fittings, lubrication
piping and inserting position of cover, where sea water is easily
collected, in order to prevent corrosion.
(4) During storage of the machine, cover the machine by tarps to prevent
sea water from entering into the cab vent. Apply rust prevention oil
(example: ANTIRUST P-1300NP-3 JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation)
onto plated part of the cylinder rods.
Dusty Atmosphere Air Cleaner : Clean the element regularly at shorter service intervals.
Radiator : Clean the oil cooler screen to prevent clogging of the radiator core.
Fuel System : Clean the filter element and strainer regularly at shorter service intervals.
Engine, Muffler : Clean earlier than the normal interval to prevent dust from sticking and
accumulating.
Rocky Ground Tracks : Carefully operate while checking for cracks, damage and loose bolts and
nuts. Loosen the tracks a little more than usual.
Front Attachment : Standard attachment may be damaged when digging rocky ground.
Reinforce the bucket before using it, or use a heavy duty bucket.
Falling Stones Cab Head Guard : Provide a cab guard to protect the machine from falling stones. Consult
your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Freezing Weather Fuel/Lubricant : Use high quality and low viscosity fuel and oil.
Engine Coolant : Be sure to use antifreeze.
Battery : Fully charge the batteries at shorter intervals. If not fully charged,
electrolyte may freeze.
Track : Keep the track clean. Park the machine on a hard surface to prevent the
tracks from freezing to the ground.

9-1
 MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

9-2
 STORAGE

Storing the Machine

In case the machine is to be stored for longer than one month, pay attention to the following points to prepare next
operation.

Precautions for Long-Term Storage

Item Remedy
Machine Cleaning Wash the machine. Remove soil or other debris adhered to the machine.
Lubrication/Greasing Check lubricant's level and contamination. Fill up or change if necessary.
Lubricate all grease points.
Coat grease to exposed metal surfaces which are subject to rust.
(i.e. cylinder rods etc.)
Battery Remove the batteries and store them in a dry protected place after charging fully. If not
removed, disconnect the negative battery cable from the (−) terminal. If the machine is
equipped with the battery disconnect switch (optional), turn the disconnect switch OFF.
Coolant Add anti-rusting agent. If storing in extremely cold areas, either add extra anti-freeze or
drain coolant completely to avoid freezing. In this case, place a sign reading "NO COOLANT".
Protection Against Dust Store the machine in a dry storage area using a protective cover.
and Moisture
Tools Inspect and repair, then store.
Lubrication Operation If oil film on the metal surfaces is lost, rust may begin, possibly causing abnormal wear
of the machine when the machine operation is restarted. If the machine is stored for a
long time, operate hydraulic functions for travel, swing and digging two to three times
for lubrication, at least once a month. Be sure to check the coolant level and lubrication
conditions before operating.

fNOTE:
 Lubricating operation is a series of warm-up, travel, swing and digging operation carried out repeatedly for a few cycles
at slow speed.
 Lubricants will deteriorate during long term storage of the machine. Be sure to carefully check the lubricants before
restarting operation of the machine.

Precautions for Disconnecting or Connecting Batteries

In case the batteries are kept disconnected for more than one month and/or the battery disconnect switch (optional) is
turned OFF, data in the information controller or preset data of the radio may be initialized.
Contact your nearest Hitachi dealer before restarting operation of the machine after the batteries are disconnected for
one month or more.

10-1
 STORAGE

Removing the Machine From Storage

dplace.
CAUTION: Start the engine ONLY in a well-ventilated

1. Remove grease from the cylinder rods if coated.

2. Adjust alternator and fan belt tension.
3. Fill the fuel tank. Bleed air from the fuel system. Check all
fluid levels.
4. Start the engine.
Run the engine at half speed for several minutes before
full load operation.
5. Cycle all hydraulic functions several times.
6. Carefully check all systems before operating the machine
at full load.

fNOTE: When the machine has been stored for a long time,
be sure to perform the following steps as well:
(a) Check condition of all hoses and connections.
(b) Warm up the engine.
(c) Stop the engine.
(d) Install new fuel filters. Replace the engine oil filter and fill
the engine with oil.

IMPORTANT: If the machine has not been used for a long

time, oil films on sliding surfaces may have broken
down. Cycling hydraulic functions for travel, swing and
digging two to three times is necessary to lubricate the
sliding surfaces.

10-2
 TROUBLESHOOTING

Troubleshooting
If any machine trouble has occurred, immediately repair it. Make certain the cause of the trouble and take necessary
measures to prevent the reoccurrence of the same trouble.
In case troubleshooting is difficult, or measures marked with * must be taken, consult the nearest Hitachi dealer. Never
attempt to adjust, disassemble, or repair the hydraulic and/or electrical/electronic parts/components.
IMPORTANT: Never attempt to disassemble or modify the electrical/electronic components.

Engine
Consult the nearest Hitachi dealer for the engine troubleshooting.

Engine Auxiliaries

Problem Cause Solution

Batteries will not be charged. Broken battery separator Replace
Faulty regulator * Adjust and replace
Faulty ground line * Repair
Faulty alternator * Repair or replace
Batteries discharges quickly after being Shorted cable * Repair or replace
charged. Shorted battery separator * Repair or replace
Increased sediment in battery * Replace
Coolant temperature is too high. Low coolant level Refill
Damaged rubber hose * Replace
Faulty thermostat * Replace
Faulty coolant temperature gauge * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-1
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Impossible to Start the Engine

Problem Cause Solution

Starter does not rotate or is not Discharged battery Charge or replace battery.
powerful Disconnected, loose, or corroded battery After repairing the corroded
terminals area, securely tighten the
connectors.
Lowered pilot control shut-off lever Pull pilot control shut-off lever
up
Disconnected, loose, or corroded starter After repairing the corroded
ground line terminals area, securely tighten the
connectors.
Engine will not start

Faulty pilot control shut-off lever electrical * Repair or replace

system
Faulty Key Switch * Replace
Faulty starter and/or electrical system * Repair, adjust or replace
Battery disconnect switch (optional) is OFF Move the switch to ON
position.
Starter rotates No fuel After checking that no fuel is
leaking, refill fuel.
Air in the fuel system Bleed air.
Clogged fuel filter Replace
Blown fuse Replace
Malfunction of EC motor * Repair, adjust or replace
Engine stop switch is ON Move the switch to OFF
position.
Faulty preheat system * Repair, adjust or replace
Even though the engine is started, the Clogged fuel filter Replace
engine stalls soon Contaminated injection nozzle * Replace
Clogged feed pump strainer Clean
Blown fuse Replace
Faulty engine control system * Repair, adjust or replace
Clogged air cleaner Clean or replace the element.
Deteriorated engine oil Change engine oil
Engine runs irregularly Faulty fuel system * Repair, adjust or replace
Water or air in the fuel system Drain water or bleed air.
Faulty engine control system * Repair, adjust or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-2
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Control Lever

Problem Cause Solution

Lever is heavy to operate. Rusted joint * Lubricate or repair
Worn pusher * Replace
Does not move smoothly Worn pusher * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Does Not Return to Neutral Faulty pilot valve * Replace
The lever is tilted in the neutral position Worn joint * Repair or replace
due to increase in play Faulty pilot valve * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-3
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Hydraulic System
When the machine is stored without operation, air mixed in hydraulic oil will become separated and will accumulate
in the cylinder upper sections, causing a delay in the response time of the machine movement or weak power
development.
In case these symptoms appear, repeatedly operate all actuators several times.
Problem Cause Solution
No hydraulic Functions Faulty hydraulic pump * Repair or replace
(Noise from pumps) Lack of hydraulic oil Refill
Broken suction pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
No hydraulic Functions Faulty pilot pump * Replace
(Hydraulic pump noise remains Faulty pilot shut-off solenoid valve * Replace
unchanged.) Faulty wire harness (pilot shut-off solenoid * Repair or replace
valve) pilot shut-off switch
The pilot control shut-off lever is in the LOCK Pull the pilot control shut-off
position. lever to the UNLOCK position.
All actuators have no power. Malfunction due to worn hydraulic pump * Replace
Decreased main relief valve set pressure in the * Adjust
control valve
Lack of hydraulic oil Refill
Clogged suction strainer in the hydraulic oil Clean
tank
Absorption of air from the oil suction side Retighten
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Replace
Only one side lever is inoperable or has Faulty relief valve in the valve * Repair or replace
no power. Broken pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
Loose pipe line joint Retighten
Broken O-ring at pipe line joint * Replace
Faulty hydraulic pump * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-4
 TROUBLESHOOTING

Problem Cause Solution

Only one actuator is inoperable. Broken control valve spool * Replace
Embedded foreign matter in valve spool * Repair or replace
Broken pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
Loose pipe line joint Retighten
Broken O-ring at pipe line joint * Replace
Broken actuator * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Only one cylinder is inoperable or has Broken oil seal in cylinder * Repair or replace
no power. Oil leak due to damage to cylinder rod * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Hydraulic oil temperature increases. Stained oil cooler Clean
Oil leak from low pressure hose Loose clamps Retighten
Faulty suction manifold * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-5
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Drive Function

Problem Cause Solution

One or both side tracks are inoperable. Damaged center joint * Repair or replace
Incompletely released parking brake * Repair or replace
Broken travel motor * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Does not travel smoothly. Overly tensioned or slackened crawler sag Adjust
Lack of lubricant in front idler and/or roller Refill
Deformed track frame * Repair or replace
Embedded foreign matter such as rock Remove
fragments
Dragged parking brake * Repair
Travel speed does not change. Faulty travel mode switch * Replace
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller (MC) * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Faulty motor * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-6
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Swing Function

Problem Cause Solution

Upperstructure does not swing Faulty swing parking brake * Repair or replace
Faulty swing parking brake release valve * Repair or replace
Broken swing motor * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Swing is not smooth Worn swing gear * Repair or replace
Damaged swing bearing and bearing balls * Repair or replace
Lack of grease Refill
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Immediately after the control valve, swing motor relief valve and/or the swing motor is replaced, a noise may be
emitted and/or operation may not be performed smoothly due to air trapped in the hydraulic line.
Slowly continue to operate the machine for approx. 10 minutes to bleed air.
After repair work is complete, be sure to check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank. Refill hydraulic oil as needed.

11-7
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine Speed

Problem Cause Solution

Even if operating the engine control Blown fuse Replace
dial, the engine speed does not Faulty engine control dial * Replace
change. Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness (between EC dial and * Repair
MC, or MC and ECF)
Faulty controller (MC, ECF) * Replace
Faulty EC motor * Repair or replace
Work mode does not change. Faulty mode switch * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness (between MC and * Repair
monitor)
Faulty controller (MC) * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Auto-idle is inoperable or not released. Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller. * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Pump Control

Problem Cause Solution

Front attachment and/or travel speed Blown control fuse Replace
is slow. Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller * Replace
Faulty pump solenoid valve * Replace
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Others
The machine may have a noise, excessive vibration, and abnormal smell when any trouble occurs.
Always beware of the machine conditions during operation.

11-8
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G

A
G C

L
B
F

E
D

K J
MJAC-12-001
I H

Model ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G

Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 2.1 (1.8: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 45000 46300
Base Machine Weight kg 35100 36300
Engine - ISUZU AA-6WG1TQA 235 kW/1800 min (320 PS/1800 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width mm 3820

B: Cab Height mm 3170 3210
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3660
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 2790 2830
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3540 3580
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 84 (0.85) 78 (0.80)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.1/3.8
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-1
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G

F
A

Backhoe MJAC-12-002

Model ZX470-5G / ZX470LC-5G ZX470LC-5G

Boom Type 7.0 m (Standard) 8.2 m
3.4 m
Arm Type 2.9 m 3.9 m 4.9 m 4.9 m
(Standard)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 11400/11400 12060/12060 12490/12490 13260/13260 14430
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7400/7360 7890/7850 8390/8350 9230/9190 10310
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10130/10170 10920/10960 11040/11080 11420/11460 11980
D: Maximum Dumping (mm) 6900/6910 7530/7570 7650/7690 8390/8430 8980
Height
E: Overall Height (mm) *3850/3910 *3450/3730 *3490/3480 *4660/4660 *4530
F: Overall Length (mm) 12130/12130 12050/12040 12050/12040 11850/11880 13150
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 5020/5020 4840/4840 4810/4810 4850/4850 5870

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-2
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G,

470LCR-5G

A
G C

B L

E
D

K J
MJAC-12-003
I H

Model ZX470H-5G ZX470LCH-5G ZX470R-5G ZX470LCR-5G

Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m H Arm 3.4 m R Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 46100 47300 46400 47600
Base Machine Weight kg 35700 36900 35900 37000
Engine - ISUZU AA-6WG1TQA 235 kW/1800 min (320 PS/1800 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width mm 3820

B: Cab Height mm 3280 3320 3280 3320
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3660
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535 *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270 *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 2790 2830 2790 2830
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3540 3580 3540 3580
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 86 (0.88) 80 (0.82) 86 (0.88) 81 (0.82)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.1/3.8
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-3
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-

5G, 470LCR-5G

Backhoe MJAC-12-004

Model ZX470H-5G / ZX470LCH-5G ZX470R-5G / ZX470LCR-5G

Boom Type 7.0 m (H) 7.0 m (R)
Arm Type 3.4 m (H) 3.4 m (R)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 12060 12060
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7900 / 7860 7900 / 7860
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10920 / 10980 10920 / 10980
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 7520 / 7560 7520 / 7560
E: Overall Height (mm) 3450
F: Overall Length (mm) 12050 / 12040
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 4840

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-4
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)

ZX470-5G, 470H-5G, 470R-5G

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
600 mm 750 mm
For Ordinary For Weak
Application Ground Footing
(Standard) (Option)
Operating Weight (kg) 45000 45800
Base Machine Weight (kg) 35100 35800
Cab Height (mm) 3170 3170
Base Machine
Minimum Ground Clearance (mm) *495 *495
Specifications
Undercarriage Length (mm) 5040 5040
Undercarriage Width (mm) 3340 3490
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm )
2
84 (0.85) 68 (0.69)

ZX470LC-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470LCR-5G

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
600 mm 750 mm
For Ordinary For Weak
Application Ground Footing
(Standard) (Option)
Operating Weight (kg) 46300 47100
Base Machine Weight (kg) 36300 37100
Cab Height (mm) 3210 3210
Base Machine
Minimum Ground Clearance (mm) *535 *535
Specifications
Undercarriage Length (mm) 5470 5470
Undercarriage Width (mm) 3340 3490
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm )2
78 (0.80) 64 (0.65)

fNOTE: The specifications for the front-end attachment are for 3.4 m arm with (1.9 m3) and (2.1 m3) standard buckets. 750
mm and 900 mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may
cause serious damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-5
 SPECIFICATIONS

Bucket Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)

ZX470-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Front-End Attachment

(m3) Width (mm) ZX470-5G
Bucket 6.3 m BE Boom 7.0 m H Boom
Heaped With Side
Flat 2.5 m 2.9 m 2.9 m 3.4 m 3.9 m 4.9 m
PCSA (CECE) Cutters
BE Arm BE Arm BE Arm H Arm Arm Arm
1.15 (1.0) 0.9 1210 * * * * * 
1.4 (1.2) 1.0 1410 * * * * * 
1.6 (1.4) 1.2 1360      *
1.9 (1.7) 1.4 1540      *
Hoe Bucket
2.1 (1.8) 1.5 1630      *
2.3 (2.0) 1.7 1660      *
2.5 (2.2) 1.9 1770      *
2.65 (2.3) 2.0 1860      *

ZX470LC-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Front-End Attachment

(m3) Width (mm) ZX470LC-5G

Bucket 8.2 m
6.3 m BE Boom 7.0 m H Boom
Heaped With Side Boom
Flat
PCSA (CECE) Cutters 2.5 m 2.9 m 2.9 m 3.4 m 3.9 m 4.9 m 4.9 m
BE Arm BE Arm BE Arm H Arm Arm Arm Arm
1.15 (1.0) 0.9 1210 * * * * *  
1.4 (1.2) 1.0 1410 * * * * *  *
1.6 (1.4) 1.2 1360      * *
1.9 (1.7) 1.4 1540      * *
Hoe Bucket
2.1 (1.8) 1.5 1630      * *
2.3 (2.0) 1.7 1660      * *
2.5 (2.2) 1.9 1770      * *
2.65 (2.3) 2.0 1860      * *

fNOTE:  : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
 : For light duty excavating (digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on. The
bulk density shall be less than 1600 kg/m3 as a standard.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-6
 SPECIFICATIONS
ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G, 470LCR-5G

Bucket
Bucket Capacity
Width Front-End Attachment
(m3)
(mm)

Bucket ZX470H-5G, 470R-5G ZX470LCH-5G, 470LCR-5G

Heaped With Side 6.3 m BE Boom 7.0 m H Boom 6.3 m BE Boom 7.0 m H Boom
Flat
(CECE) Cutter 2.5 m 2.9 m 2.9 m 3.4 m 2.5 m 2.9 m 2.9 m 3.4 m
BE Arm BE Arm BE Arm H Arm BE Arm BE Arm BE Arm H Arm
1.9 (1.7) 1.4 1480        
Rock 2.1 (1.8) 1.5 1560        
Bucket 2.3 (2.0) 1.7 1680        
2.5 (2.2) 1.9 1800        
1170
Ripper (Without
1.3 (1.2) 1.0  
Bucket side
cutter)
One
Point - - -  
Ripper

fNOTE:  : Rock digging (For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and
so on.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)

12-7
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G

A C
G

L
B
F

E
D

K J
I H

MJAC-12-011

Model ZX670LC-5G ZX670LCH-5G ZX670LCR-5G

3.6 m (11 ft 10 in)
3.6 m (11 ft 10 in) 3.6 m (11 ft 10 in)
Type of Front-End Attachment -
Standard Arm H Arm R Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 2.9 (2.5: CECE)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 66800 (147300) 68200 (150400) 69300 (152800)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 51500 (113600) 52200 (115100) 52500 (115800)
Engine - ISUZU BB-6WG1XQA-05 312 kW/1800 min-1 (424 PS/1800 rpm)
A: Overall Width mm (ft·in) 4360 (14' 4")
B: Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3550 (11' 8") 3660 (12')
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 4020 (13' 2")
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *860 (34")
E: Counterweight Clearance mm (ft·in) *1530 (5')
F: Engine Cover Height mm (ft·in) 3460 (11' 4")
G: Overall Width of
mm (ft·in) 4090 (13' 5")
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5840 (19' 2")
I: Undercarriage Width
mm (ft·in) 3950/3480 (13'/11' 5")
(Extended/Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm (ft·in) 4590 (15' 1")
K: Track Shoe Width mm (ft·in) 650 (26") (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm (ft·in) 4050 (13' 3")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 100 (1.02) (14.5) 102 (1.04) (14.8) 104 (1.06) (15.0)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 4.8/3.3
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-8
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G

MJAC-12-012

Backhoe

Model ZX670LC-5G ZX670LCH-5G ZX670LCR-5G

Boom Type 7.8 m (Standard) 6.8 m (BE) 9.2 m 7.8 m (H) 6.8 m (BE) 7.8 m (R) 6.8 m (BER)
3.6 m
Arm Type 4.2 m 2.9 m (BE) 5.3 m 3.6 m (H) 2.9 m (BE) 3.6 m (R) 2.9 m (BER)
(Standard)
A: Maximum Digging mm 13250 13850 11800 16170 13280 11800 13280 11800
Reach (ft·in) (43' 6") (45' 5") (38' 9") (53' 1") (43' 7") (38' 9") (43' 7") (38' 9")
B: Maximum Digging mm 8530 9150 7120 11480 8560 7120 8560 7120
Depth (ft·in) (27' 12") (30' 0") (23' 4") (37' 8") (28' 1") (23' 4") (28' 1") (23' 4")
C: Maximum Cutting mm 11190 12240 11190 13110 11940 11190 11940 11190
Height (ft·in) (38' 9") (40' 2") (36' 9") (43' 0") (39' 2") (36' 9") (39' 2") (36' 9")
D: Maximum Dumping mm 8050 8330 7330 9680 8020 7330 8020 7330
Height (ft·in) (26' 5") (27' 4") (24' 1") (31' 9") (26' 4") (24' 1") (26' 4") (24' 1")
E: Overall Height mm *4460 *4980 *4960 *5400 *4460 *4960 *4460 *4960
(ft·in) (14' 8") (16' 4") (16' 3") (17' 9") (14' 8") (16' 3") (14' 8") (16' 3")
F: Overall Length mm *13390 *13390 *12420 *14360 *13360 *12420 *13360 *12420
(ft·in) (43' 11") (43' 11") (40' 9") (47' 1") (43' 10") (40' 9") (47' 1") (40' 9")
G: Minimum Swing mm 5780 5760 5240 6990 5780 5240 5780 5240
Radius (ft·in) (19' 0") (18' 11") (17' 2") (22' 11") (18' 12") (17' 2") (18' 12") (17' 2")

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-9
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class

ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G
Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
650 mm 750 mm **900 mm
For Ordinary Ground For Weak Footing For Weak Footing
Application
(Standard) (Option) (Option)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 66800 (147300) 67200 (148200) 68200 (150400)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 51500 (1136000) 51900 (114500) 52900 (116700)
Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3550 (11' 8") 3550 (11' 8") 3550 (11' 8")
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *860 (34") *860 (34") *860 (34")
Specifications Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5840 (19' 2") 5840 (19' 2") 5840 (19' 2")
Undercarriage Width 3950/3480 4050/3580 4200/3730
mm (ft·in)
(Extended/Retracted) (13'/11' 5") (13' 3"/11' 9") (13' 9"/12' 3")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 100 (1.02) (14.5) 87 (0.89) (12.6) 74 (0.76) (10.7)

f NOTE: The specification for the front-end attachment is for (3.6 m) arm with (2.9 m3) (2.5 m3: CECE) bucket (heaped).
750 mm and 900 mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground
may cause serious damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
*The dimensions of "Minimum Ground Clearance" do not include the height of the shoe lug.
** Can not attach to ZX670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G.

12-10
 SPECIFICATIONS

Bucket Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class

ZX670LC-5G
Bucket Front-End Attachment
Bucket Width
Capacity
mm (in) ZX670LC-5G
m3 Weight
Bucket
Heaped kg (lb) 6.8 m BE Boom 7.8 m Standard Boom 9.2 m Long Boom
Without With Side
PCSA 3.6 m 4.2 m Semi-
Side Cutter Cutter 2.9m BE Arm 5.3 m Long Arm
(CECE) Standard Arm long Arm
1540
1.5 (1.3) 1180 (3' 10") 1320 (4' 4") * * * 
(3400)
2150
2.5 (2.2) 1480 (4' 10") 1620 (5' 4") *   *
(4740)
Hoe Bucket
2310
2.9 (2.5) 1680 (5' 6") 1820 (5' 12") *   *
(5100)
2980
3.5 (3.1) 1800 (5' 11") 1990 (6' 6")  * * *
(6570)

fNOTE:  : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

ZX670LCH-5G
Bucket Capacity Bucket Width
Front-End Attachment
m3 mm (in) Weight
Bucket
Heaped PCSA kg (lb) 6.8 m BE Boom 7.8 m H Boom
Without Side Shroud With Side Shroud
(CECE) 2.9 m BE Arm 3.6 m H Arm
2.9 (2.5) 1680 (5' 6") 1680 (5' 6") 2850 (6280) * 
Rock Bucket
3.3 (2.9) 1790 (5' 11") 1790 (5' 11") 3120 (6880)  *

fNOTE:  : Rock digging (For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock
and so on.)
* : Impossible to install

ZX670LCR-5G
Bucket Capacity Bucket Width
Front-End Attachment
m3 mm (in) Weight
Bucket
Heaped PCSA kg (lb) 6.8 m BER Boom 7.8 m R Boom
Without Side Shroud With Side Shroud
(CECE) 2.9 m BER Arm 3.6 m R Arm
2.9 (2.5) 1680 (5' 6") 1680 (5' 6") 3300 (7300) * 
Rock Bucket
3.3 (2.9) 1790 (5' 11") 1790 (5' 11") 3610 (8000)  *

fNOTE:  : Rock digging (For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock
and so on.)
* : Impossible to install

12-11
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G

A C
G

L
B F

E
D

K J MJAC-12-007
I H

Model ZX870-5G ZX870LC-5G

Type of Front-End Attachment - With 3.7 m (Std.) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 3.4 (3.0: CECE) 3.5 (3.1: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 80800 82600
Base Machine Weight kg 61100 62900
Engine - ISUZU BB-6WG1XQA-04 360 kW/1800 min (490 PS/1800 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width mm 4450

B: Cab Height mm 3690
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 4600
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *890
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1680
F: Engine Cover Height mm 3630
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 4120
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5840 6360
I: Undercarriage Width (Extended/
mm 4100/3480
Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4590 5110
K: Track Shoe Width mm 650 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 4290
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 121 (1.23) 112 (1.14)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 7.4
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 4.5/3.0
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-12
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G

G

F
A

Backhoe MJAC-12-008

Model ZX870-5G / ZX870LC-5G

Boom Type 8.4 m (Standard) 7.1 m (BE)
Arm Type 3.7 m (Standard) 4.4 m 2.95 m (BE)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 14100 14910 12340
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 8870 9570 7140
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 13030 13820 12010
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 9080 9740 8130
E: Overall Height (mm) *4770 *5130 *5200
F: Overall Length (mm) 14800 14800 13550
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 5950 5950 5210

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-13
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-

5G

A C
G

L
B F

E
D

K J MJAC-12-009
I H

Model ZX870H-5G ZX870LCH-5G ZX870LCR-5G

H Front R Front
Type of Front-End Attachment
- (with 3.7 m Arm) (with 3.7 m Arm)
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 3.4 (3.0: CECE) 3.5 (3.1: CECE) 3.5 (3.1: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 82300 84200 85800
Base Machine Weight kg 61800 63700 64000
Engine - ISUZU BB-6WG1XQA-04 360 kW/1800 min (490 PS/1800 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width mm 4450

B: Cab Height mm 3800
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 4600
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *890
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1680
F: Engine Cover Height mm 3630
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 4120
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5840 6360 6360
I: Undercarriage Width (Extended/
mm 4100/3480
Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4590 5110 5110
K: Track Shoe Width mm 650 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 4290
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 124 (1.26) 115 (1.17) 117 (1.19)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 7.4
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 4.5/3.0
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

fNOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-14
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G,

870LCR-5G

F
A

Backhoe MJAC-12-010

Model ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G

Boom Type 8.4 m (H, R) 7.1 m (BE, BER)
Arm Type 3.7 m (H, R) 2.95 m (BE, BER) 3.7 m (H, R)
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 14100 12340 12820
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 8870 7140 7820
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 13000 12010 12130
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 9080 8130 8180
E: Overall Height (mm) *4770 *5200 *5000
F: Overall Length (mm) 14800 13550 13510
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 5950 5210 5090

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-15
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)

ZX870-5G, 870H-5G

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
650 mm 750 mm
For Ordinary For Weak
Application Ground Footing
(Standard) (Option)
Operating Weight (kg) 80800 81500
Base Machine Weight (kg) 61100 61800
Cab Height (mm) 3660 3660
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance (mm) *890 *890
Specifications Undercarriage Length (mm) 5840 5840
Undercarriage Width
(mm) 4100/3480 4200/3580
(Extended/Retracted)
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 121 (1.23) 106 (1.08)

fNOTE: The specifications for the front-end attachment are for (3.7 m) arm with (3.4 m3) (3.0 m3 CECE) bucket (heaped).
Other than 650 mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may
cause serious damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

ZX870LC-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
650 mm 750 mm **900 mm
For Ordinary For Weak For Weak
Application Ground Footing Footing
(Standard) (Option) (Option)
Operating Weight (kg) 82600 83300 84200
Base Machine Weight (kg) 62900 63600 64500
Cab Height (mm) 3660 3660 3660
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance (mm) *890 *890 *890
Specifications Undercarriage Length (mm) 6360 6360 6360
Undercarriage Width
(mm) 4100/3480 4200/3580 4350/3730
(Extended/Retracted)
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 112 (1.14) 98 (1.00) 83 (0.84)

fNOTE: The specifications for the front-end attachment are for (3.7 m) arm with (3.5 m3) (3.1 m3 CECE) bucket (heaped).
Other than 650 mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may
cause serious damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
** Can not attach to ZX870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G.

12-16
 SPECIFICATIONS

Bucket Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)

ZX870-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

Bucket
(m3) (mm) ZX870-5G
Teeth Weight
Bucket Heaped Side Cutter Side Shroud 7.1 m BE Boom 8.4 m Boom
(qty.) (kg)
PCSA Flat
None Included 2.95 m BE Arm 3.7 m Arm 4.4 m Arm
(CECE)
2.8 (2.5) 2.1 1550 1740 5 2570 *  (Standard)
Hoe Bucket 3.4 (3.0) 2.6 1810 2000 5 2800 * (Standard) 
4.3 (3.8) 3.2 2040 2110 5 3770 (Standard) * *

fNOTE:  : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

ZX870LC-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

Bucket
(m3) (mm) ZX870LC-5G
Teeth Weight
Bucket Heaped Side Cutter Side Shroud 7.1 m BE Boom 8.4 m Boom
(qty.) (kg)
PCSA Flat
None Included 2.95 m BE Arm 3.7 m Arm 4.4 m Arm
(CECE)
2.9 (2.6) 2.2 1590 1780 5 2700 *  (Standard)
Hoe Bucket 3.5 (3.1) 2.6 1850 2040 5 2950 * (Standard) 
4.5 (3.9) 3.4 2120 2190 5 3970 (Standard) * *

fNOTE:  : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-17
 SPECIFICATIONS
ZX870H-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

(m3) (mm) ZX870H-5G
Bucket
Teeth Weight
Bucket Heaped Side Cutter Side Shroud 7.1 m BE Boom 8.4 m H Boom
(qty.) (kg)
PCSA Flat
(CECE) None Included 2.95 m BE Arm 3.7 m H Arm 3.7 m H Arm

3.4 (3.0) 2.6 1830 1850 5 3600 *  (Standard)

Rock Bucket 3.6 (3.2) 2.7 1910 1930 5 4060 * (Standard) 
4.3 (3.8) 3.2 2090 2110 5 4270 (Standard) * *

fNOTE:  : Rock digging

 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

ZX870LCH-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

(m3) (mm) Bucket ZX870LCH-5G
Side Cutter Side Teeth Weight
Bucket Heaped 7.1 m BE Boom 8.4 m H Boom
Shroud (qty.) (kg)
PCSA Flat
(CECE) None Included 2.95 m BE Arm 3.7 m H Arm 3.7 m H Arm

3.5 (3.1) 2.6 1870 1890 5 3790 *  (Standard)

Rock Bucket 3.7 (3.2) 2.8 1950 1970 5 3900 * (Standard) 
4.3 (3.8) 3.2 2090 2110 5 4270 (Standard) * *

fNOTE:  : Rock digging

 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-18
 SPECIFICATIONS
ZX870LCR-5G

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

(m3) (mm) Bucket ZX870LCR-5G
Weight
Bucket Heaped Side Cutter Side Teeth
(kg) 7.1 m BER Boom 8.4 m R Boom
PCSA Flat Shroud (qty.)
(CECE) None Included 2.95 m BER Arm 3.7 m R Arm 3.7 m R Arm
3.5 (3.1) 2.6 1870 1890 5 4870 *  (Standard)
Rock Bucket 3.7 (3.2) 2.8 1950 1970 5 4970 * (Standard) 
4.3 (3.8) 3.2 2090 2110 5 5690 (Standard) * *

fNOTE:  : Rock digging (For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so
on.)
 : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-19
 SPECIFICATIONS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

12-20
 INDEX
1 m-Vicinity Visibility..................................................................1-115 Battery Disconnect Switch (Optional)..................................1-117
Before Starting Engine...................................................................3-2
A
Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other
Actual Operation........................................................................... 1-64 Contamination.......................................................................... S-35
Adjust Bucket Linkage...............................................................7-104 Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-32
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension.............................................. 7-89 Bleed Air from the Fuel System................................................ 7-72
Adjust the Operator’s Seat............................................................S-6 Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System..................................... 7-57
Adjusting Operator’s Seat (Air Suspension Type) Boom Mode Switch (3)................................................................ 1-81
(Optional)..................................................................................1-112 Breaker Operation......................................................................... 1-58
Adjusting Procedures.................................................................1-114 Brightness Adjustment................................................................ 1-46
Adjusting Seat Height................................................................1-112 Bucket Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)................. 12-6
Adjusting the Seat.......................................................................1-110 Bucket Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)...............12-17
After the First 100 Hours................................................................2-1 Bucket Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class.................12-11
After the First 50 Hours..................................................................2-1
Air Cleaner....................................................................................... 7-78 C
Air Conditioner.................................................................... 1-20, 7-86 COMPONENTS NAME......................................................................1-1
Air Conditioner ON/OFF.............................................................. 1-20 Cab Door Release Lever............................................................1-102
Alarm Occurrence Screen........................................................... 1-14 Cab Features (Std. Model).............................................................1-3
AM/FM Radio Operation............................................................. 1-97 Cab Features (with Attachment).................................................1-4
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio)................................ 1-74 Cab Heater Operation.................................................................. 1-93
Armrest Adjustment..................................................... 1-111, 1-113 Cab Light Switch............................................................................ 1-85
Attachment...................................................................................... 5-35 Change Bucket.............................................................................7-101
Attachment Adjust........................................................................ 1-32 Change Coolant............................................................................. 7-83
Attachment Name Input............................................................. 1-34 Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter...................... 7-40
Attachment Operation................................................................ 1-60 Change Hydraulic Oil................................................................... 7-54
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional)................5-3 Check Air Conditioner................................................................. 7-88
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)................5-4 Check and Replace Bucket Teeth............................................. 7-98
Attachment Selection.................................................................. 1-22 Check and Replace Injection Nozzle....................................7-111
Audio Input (Optional)..............................................................1-101 Check and Replace Seat Belt...................................................7-105
Audio Input Selection................................................................1-101 Check at Preseason and Off-Season....................................... 7-90
Auto Air Conditioner.................................................................... 1-89 Check Coolant Level..................................................................... 7-82
AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner)................ 1-73 Check Cushion Rubber of Handrail (ZX470-5 class)........7-112
Auto-Idle..............................................................................................5-8 Check Engine Oil Level................................................................ 7-39
Auto-Idle Switch............................................................................ 1-75 Check Fuel Hoses........................................................................... 7-77
Auto-Lubrication................................................................ 1-36, 7-31 Check Gas Damper.....................................................................7-112
Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (6)................ 1-82 Check Hoses and Lines................................................................ 7-63
Auto-Lubrication Switch (5)....................................................... 1-82 Check Hydraulic Oil Level........................................................... 7-52
Automatic Lubrication (Optional)........................................... 7-29 Check Instruments After Starting...............................................3-7
Automatic/Manual Lubrication (Optional)........................... 7-31 Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas....................... 7-89
Avoid Abusive Operation........................................................... 5-18 Check of Fuel Injection Timing...............................................7-111
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing Flammable Check O-rings in Bucket ..........................................................7-150
Fluids............................................................................................ S-34 Check Starter and Alternator..................................................7-111
Avoid Hammer Work.................................................................... 5-17 Check the Hour Meter Regularly.................................................7-3
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines........................ S-34 Check Track Sag...........................................................................7-107
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids........................................................ S-29 Check Water Pump......................................................................7-111
Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing Accidents.......... S-17 Check Water Separator................................................................ 7-71
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents................................... S-16 Check Windshield Fluid Level.................................................7-106
Avoid Power Lines......................................................................... S-21 Cigar Lighter.................................................................................... 1-84
Avoid Side Load the Bucket....................................................... 5-18 Circulation Air Mode.................................................................... 1-20
Avoid Tipping.................................................................................. S-19 Clean Air Cleaner Element......................................................... 7-78
Avoid Undercutting...................................................................... S-19 Clean Air Conditioner Condenser............................................ 7-85
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter.............................. 7-86
B
Clean Cab Floor............................................................................7-110
BREAK-IN..............................................................................................2-1 Clean Feed Pump Strainer.......................................................... 7-76
Backrest Adjustment.................................................... 1-110, 1-113 Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler (ZX670-5,
Basic Screen........................................................................................1-6 870-5 class) Core ..................................................................... 7-85
Battery............................................................................................... 7-91

14-1
 INDEX
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler and Inter Cooler (ZX670-5, Fuel System...................................................................................... 7-68
870-5 class) Front Screen...................................................... 7-85 Fuse Box............................................................................................ 1-88
Clock.................................................................................................. 1-10 Fuse Box 1........................................................................................ 1-88
Components Name..............................................................1-1, 1-90 Fuse Box 2........................................................................................ 1-88
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven......................... S-13
G
Connecting Audio Device........................................................1-101
Console and Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment................. 1-111, 1-112 GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE................................................1-2
Console Height Adjustment....................................................1-114 General Precautions for Cab.........................................................S-5
Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional).............................5-2 Getting ON/OFF the Machine......................................................1-2
Control Lever (ISO Pattern)...........................................................5-1 Grading Operation........................................................................ 5-16
Controller Part Name and Function........................................ 1-91 Grease Container Replacement............................................... 7-37
Controls on the Radio.................................................................. 1-97 Greasing............................................................................................ 7-25
Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation............................................ 1-95 Greasing Method........................................................................... 7-35
Coolant Temperature Gauge..................................................... 1-11 H
Cooling Operation........................................................................ 1-94 H/P (High Power) Mode.............................................................. 1-76
Cooling System.............................................................................. 7-81 Handle (Emergency Engine Stop)........................................... 1-87
Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures................7-1 Handle Chemical Products Safely............................................ S-37
D Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires............................................. S-23
DRIVING THE MACHINE..................................................................4-1 Height Adjustment.....................................................................1-110
Daily Check...................................................................................... 7-13 Hood and Access Covers............................................................. 7-10
Date Adjustment........................................................................... 1-28 Horn Switch..................................................................................... 1-83
Date and Time................................................................................ 1-26 Hour Meter....................................................................................... 1-10
Defroster Operation..................................................................... 1-95 How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and When
Dig with Caution............................................................................ S-20 Engine Stops.............................................................................. 5-37
Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF)................ 1-53 How to Use Screens.........................................................................1-7
Display Mode Setting.................................................................. 1-30 Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher............................. 5-22
Displaying Basic Screen.................................................................1-7 Hydraulic System........................................................................... 7-49
Dispose of Waste Properly.......................................................... S-37 I
Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth...................... 5-17 Inclination Adjustment............................................... 1-111, 1-113
Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground.............. 5-19 Information Menu......................................................................... 1-57
Drain Fuel Tank Sump.................................................................. 7-70 Input Password............................................................................... 1-12
Drive Machine Safely.................................................................... S-14 Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance......................................7-111
Drive the Machine Carefully.........................................................4-1 Inspect Machine...............................................................................S-4
E Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting.....................................3-1
ECO (Economy) Mode.................................................................. 1-76 Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment.... 7-49
Electrical System............................................................................ 7-91 Install OPG Guard.......................................................................... S-12
Emergency Exit............................................................................1-109 Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors...............................1-115
Engine................................................................................................ 7-39 Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)................................... 1-85
Engine Control Dial....................................................................... 1-74 Investigate Job Site Beforehand.............................................. S-11
Engine Speed Control.....................................................................5-7 J
Engine Stop Switch (for Maintenance).................................. 1-87 Jump Starting....................................................................................S-9
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving
Operator’s Seat............................................................................S-7 K
Evacuating in Case of Fire........................................................... S-32 Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-18
Every 10 Hours or Daily..................................................................2-1 Keep Riders off Machine................................................................S-9
Extending Password Duration Time....................................... 1-13 Key Switch........................................................................................ 1-83
Kind of Oils....................................................................................... 7-21
F
Fasten Your Seat Belt.......................................................................S-7 L
Fastening Machine for Transporting.........................................6-4 Language Settings........................................................................ 1-48
Features............................................................................................ 1-89 Layout...................................................................................................7-4
Flow Rate Adjustment................................................................. 1-32 Lists of Display Language........................................................... 1-50
Follow Safety Instructions.............................................................S-2 Loading/Unloading on a Trailer..................................................6-2
For Rapid Cooling.......................................................................... 1-96 Lubrication Interval Setting....................................................... 1-36
Front Joint Pins............................................................................... 7-25 Lubricator (Optional).................................................................... 7-35
Fuel Gauge....................................................................................... 1-10

14-2
 INDEX
M Periodic Replacement of Parts.................................................. 7-20
MACHINE NUMBERS............................................................................1 Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever..............................................1-86, 5-5
MAINTENANCE..................................................................................7-1 Power Boost Switch...................................................................... 1-83
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL Power Boost Switch...................................................................... 5-13
CONDITIONS . ..............................................................................9-1 Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio)...................... 1-74
Mail (Optional)................................................................................ 1-23 Practice Safe Maintenance......................................................... S-25
Main Menu....................................................................................... 1-19 Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In Combined
Main Menu Sequence Change................................................. 1-55 Operation.................................................................................... 5-15
Maintenance................................................................................... 1-66 Precaution for Communication Terminal Equipment...... S-39
Maintenance Guide...................................................................... 7-14 Precautions for After Operations............................................. 5-38
Maintenance Guide Table..............................................................7-7 Precautions for Breaker Operation.......................................... 5-25
Maintenance Notice..................................................................... 1-66 Precautions for Communication Terminal............................ S-38
Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions....9-1 Precautions for Crusher Operation......................................... 5-32
Manual Lubrication....................................................................... 7-33 Precautions for Handling Accumulator and Gas
Measure Engine Compression Pressure..............................7-111 Damper........................................................................................ S-34
Miscellaneous................................................................................. 7-98 Precautions for Lightning........................................................... S-21
Mode Switch........................................................................ 1-76, 5-14 Precautions for Operations........................................................ S-10
Monitoring....................................................................................... 1-70 Precautions for Welding and Grinding.................................. S-33
Move and Operate Machine Safely............................................S-8 Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance......................7-9
Multi Function Monitor..................................................................1-5 Prepare for Emergencies................................................................S-3
Prevent Battery Explosions........................................................ S-36
N Prevent Burns.................................................................................. S-28
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone...................................... S-18 Prevent Fires.................................................................................... S-30
Never Ride Attachment............................................................... S-38 Prevent Parts from Flying........................................................... S-27
Never Undercut a High Bank..................................................... S-20 Protect Against Flying Debris................................................... S-22
Numeric Keypad............................................................................ 1-79 Protect Against Noise.....................................................................S-4
O Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Machines.... S-13
OPERATING THE ENGINE................................................................3-1 Pump Transmission (ZX670-5, 870-5 class).......................... 7-43
OPERATING THE MACHINE............................................................5-1 PWR (Power) Mode....................................................................... 1-76
OPERATOR’S STATION.....................................................................1-3 R
Object Handling............................................................................ S-22 Radio.................................................................................................. 1-21
Object Handling --- If Equipped............................................... 5-20 Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm.....................................4-6
Observe Engine Operation Closely............................................2-1 Rear Light Switch (Optional) (2)............................................... 1-81
Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance............................ 1-96 Rear View Camera Monitor (Optional)................................... 1-44
Opening Side Windows.............................................................1-106 Rear View Camera ON/OFF........................................................ 1-44
Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside Window...1-103 Recognize Safety Information.....................................................S-1
Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear Hatch: If Remedy............................................................................................. 1-16
Equipped).................................................................................1-108 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating............................ S-35
Opening/Closing Overhead Window (ZX470-5G, Remove Travel Levers.................................................................7-105
470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)......................1-107 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window....................1-105
Opening/Closing Upper Front Window..............................1-104 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window
Opening/Closing Upper Front Window (ZX470-5G, (ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G,
470LC-5G, 670LC-5G, 870-5G, 870LC-5G)......................1-104 870LC-5G).................................................................................1-105
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat...........................................S-8 Removing the Machine From Storage................................... 10-2
Operate with Caution.................................................................. S-20 Replace Air Breather Element................................................... 7-62
Operating Backhoe....................................................................... 5-15 Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element............................ 7-78
Operating in Water or Mud...........................................................4-8 Replace Fuel Main Filter.............................................................. 7-73
Operating on Soft Ground............................................................4-5 Replace Fuel Pre-Filter................................................................. 7-74
Operating Status Icon Display.................................................. 1-11 Replace Pilot Oil Filter.................................................................. 7-60
Operation......................................................................................... 1-58 Replace Pump Drain Filter.......................................................... 7-59
P Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically......................................... S-29
Park Machine Safely...................................................................... S-23 Replacement of Full-Flow Filter................................................ 7-58
Parking the Machine.......................................................................4-9 Replacing Fuses............................................................................. 7-96
Parking the Machine on Slopes...................................................4-9 Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt.................................................7-111
Password Change (Optional)..................................................... 1-38 Return to Basic Screen (Monitor)............................................. 1-73
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor)...................................... 1-73

14-3
 INDEX
S Transport Safely............................................................................. S-24
SAFETY.................................................................................................S-1 Transporting by Road.....................................................................6-1
SAFETY SIGNS................................................................................. S-41 Travel Alarm (Optional)..................................................................4-4
SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................. 12-1 Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1)................ 1-81
STORAGE........................................................................................... 10-1 Travel Mode Switch..............................................................1-75, 4-4
Seat Belt..........................................................................................1-116 Travel Operation............................................................................ 1-62
Seat Depth Adjustment.............................................. 1-111, 1-113 Travel Reduction Gear................................................................. 7-47
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment.........................................................1-110 Troubleshooting............................................................................ 11-1
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment.........................................................1-112 Tuning Procedure.......................................................................... 1-97
Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (7)............................................ 1-82 U
Security Functions (Optional)................................................... 1-12
Understand Signal Words..............................................................S-1
Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor)............................................. 1-73
Unit Selection................................................................................. 1-51
Service Air Conditioning System Safely................................ S-36
Unloading...........................................................................................6-4
Setting Menu.................................................................................. 1-25
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants...............................................7-3
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX470-5 class)..................... 12-5
Use Handholds and Steps.............................................................S-6
Shoe Types and Applications (ZX870-5 class)...................12-16
Using Booster Batteries..................................................................3-8
Shoe Types and Applications ZX670-5 Class.....................12-10
Using Cigar Lighter ...................................................................... 1-84
Specifications ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G....................................... 12-1
Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power Source.......... 1-84
Specifications ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G,
470LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-3 V
Specifications ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G, 670LCR-5G....... 12-8 Volume Control of Audio Device...........................................1-101
Specifications ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G.....................................12-12
W
Specifications ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G, 870LCR-5G.......12-14
Starting the Engine..........................................................................3-3 Warming Up Operation..................................................................5-6
Station Auto-Presetting Procedure......................................... 1-99 Warn Others of Service Work.................................................... S-26
Station Presetting Procedure.................................................... 1-98 Water Drain from Hydraulic Oil Tank...................................... 7-53
Stay Clear of Moving Parts......................................................... S-27 Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3
Steering the Machine Using Levers...........................................4-3 Weight Adjustment....................................................................1-110
Steering the Machine Using Pedals...........................................4-2 When Windows Become Clouded........................................... 1-96
Stopping the Engine.................................................................... 3-10 Wiper/Washer Switch................................................................... 1-78
Store Attachments Safely........................................................... S-28 Work Light Switch......................................................................... 1-77
Storing the Machine..................................................................... 10-1 Work Mode........................................................................... 1-22, 5-10
Sub Meter......................................................................................... 1-42 Working Ranges ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G.................................. 12-2
Suction Filter Cleaning................................................................ 7-54 Working Ranges ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G, 470R-5G,
Support Machine Properly......................................................... S-26 470LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-4
Suspension Adjustment............................................................1-112 Working Ranges ZX670LC-5G, 670LCH-5G,
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (4)............... 1-81 670LCR-5G.................................................................................. 12-9
Swing Bearing................................................................................. 7-27 Working Ranges ZX870-5G, 870LC-5G................................12-13
Swing Internal Gear...................................................................... 7-28 Working Ranges ZX870H-5G, 870LCH-5G,
Swing Reduction Gear................................................................. 7-45 870LCR-5G................................................................................12-15
Switch Operation.........................................................................1-118
Switch Panel.................................................................................... 1-72
Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment)................................. 1-80
T
TRANSPORTING.................................................................................6-1
TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................... 11-1
Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch
(Air Conditioner)....................................................................... 1-73
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts and
Bolts............................................................................................7-112
Time Adjustment........................................................................... 1-26
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval............................. 1-68
Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage................................ 1-96
TONE Control................................................................................1-100
Towing Machine a Short Distance..............................................4-7
Transmission................................................................................... 7-43

14-4